short essay on world population day

Essay On World Population Day

Table of Contents

Short Essay On World Population Day

World Population Day is an annual event observed on July 11th to raise awareness about global population issues and the need for sustainable development. The day was established by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) in 1989 and has been observed annually since then.

The theme of World Population Day changes every year and focuses on a specific aspect of population and development. The theme for 2021 is “Building a sustainable future for all: ensuring universal access to reproductive health and rights.” This theme highlights the importance of reproductive health and rights for sustainable development and the achievement of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

One of the main issues addressed by World Population Day is the rapid growth of the world’s population. According to the United Nations, the world’s population is projected to reach 9.7 billion by 2050 and over 11 billion by 2100. This rapid growth presents significant challenges, including increasing pressure on resources, environmental degradation, and the spread of diseases.

Another issue addressed by World Population Day is the need for universal access to reproductive health and rights. Reproductive health and rights are essential for ensuring the well-being and empowerment of women and girls, and they are critical for sustainable development. However, many countries still lack access to reproductive health services and information, leading to high rates of unintended pregnancies, maternal deaths, and the spread of sexually transmitted infections.

To address these challenges, it is important for governments and international organizations to invest in programs and policies that promote reproductive health and rights, as well as sustainable development. This includes providing access to family planning services, promoting gender equality, and investing in education and health care for all.

In conclusion, World Population Day is an important opportunity to raise awareness about the challenges posed by global population growth and the need for sustainable development. By working together to address these issues, we can create a brighter future for all and ensure that everyone has access to the resources and opportunities they need to lead healthy, productive lives.

Long Essay On World Population Day

On World Population Day, let us remember that every one of us has a role to play in ensuring that the world remains healthy and prosperous. Every person has the power to make a difference, and we need to take advantage of that power if we want to create a brighter future for all.

What is World Population Day?

Every day, we are confronted with the reality of over 7 billion people on Earth. It is hard to wrap our heads around this number and even harder to comprehend that there are so many people who are struggling daily.

World Population Day was created in 1969 by the United Nations General Assembly to focus attention on the world’s population growth and its implications. Each year, World Population Day is celebrated on July 11th. The theme for 2018 is “A Better Future For All: Creating A Human Resources for a Sustainable future.”

The problem with having so many people on Earth is that it has led to countless problems. World Population Day recognizes these issues and stresses the need for us all to work together to address them. Some of the biggest problems that have arisen from our population growth include: resource depletion, climate change, water shortages, deforestation, and more.

However, there are also some great benefits that come with being a large population. For one, we have a lot of resources at our disposal and can use them to help everyone in the world get along better. Additionally, our population provides us with an opportunity to learn from each other and figure out ways to solve common problems. With enough effort and collaboration from everyone involved, we can make sure that the future looks brighter for everyone on Earth!

How many people are in the world?

According to the United Nations, there are over 6.5 billion people living on Earth today. That’s a lot of people! And it’s only going to keep growing – by about 1% each year, for the next 40 years or so.

But why is population growth such a big topic now?

Well, there are several reasons. First of all, it’s something we can see happening in front of our eyes. We can watch the world population grow month by month and year by year on our computer screens.

Second of all, population growth affects us all in different ways. For example, if there were fewer people on Earth, there would be more resources available for everyone – food, water, land… basically everything that we need to live.

And finally, population growth is important because it affects our future – whether we want it to or not! Population growth means that we’re changing the planet – and that’s something that we need to think about carefully.

What is happening to the world’s population?

There are over 7 billion people on Earth, and that number is predicted to reach 9.7 billion by 2050. The population growth rate has slowed in recent years, but it’s still increasing rapidly. It’s now estimated that the world’s population will reach 11.2 billion by 2100.

There are a lot of reasons for this population growth. Some people say that it’s because more families are having children than ever before, while others say that it’s because more women are getting educated and have jobs. Whatever the reason may be, it’s clear that the world’s population is growing faster than ever before.

One of the consequences of this rapid growth is that we’re running out of resources. For example, there isn’t enough food to go around, and there aren’t enough places to live. This problem is called “the food crisis.”

Another consequence of the increase in the world’s population is climate change. More people means more emissions from cars and factories, which contributes to climate change. And climate change means more floods, droughts, and other types of weather disasters.

So what can we do to help solve these problems? One solution is to have fewer children (or no children at all). This might seem like a hard thing to do, but if everyone did it, we could actually solve a lot of these problems!

Why is the world’s population growing?

The world’s population is growing because of a number of factors. The most important is that people are having more babies than they were before. Other reasons include improvements in medical technology and increased food production. Some people argue that the world’s population growth is a problem, but others say it’s a necessary part of the global economy. There are concerns about the future of the world’s population growth, especially if it continues at the current rate. If the world’s population growth continues to increase, there will be more people on the planet and resources will be strained. There is also the concern that if the world’s population growth rates continue to increase, there could be major problems with climate change and environmental degradation.

What can be done to address population growth?

Population growth is a pressing global issue. It threatens our environment, economy, and social stability. There are many ways to address population growth, but some of the most important methods are education and reproductive health services.

Education is critical for understanding the implications of population growth on our planet. It can help people make informed choices about how to live their lives and contribute to society. Reproductive health services provide families with information and resources to improve their reproductive health and reduce the number of children they have.

Population growth is a complex problem with many causes. But we can all take steps to address it by educating ourselves and others about its dangers, providing access to reproductive health services, and reducing our own carbon footprint.

Manisha Dubey Jha is a skilled educational content writer with 5 years of experience. Specializing in essays and paragraphs, she’s dedicated to crafting engaging and informative content that enriches learning experiences.

Related Posts

Essay on importance of yoga, essay on cow, climate change essay, essay on slaver, leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Skip to main content
• Skip to secondary menu
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

A Plus Topper

Improve your Grades

World Population Day Essay | Essay on World Population Day for Students and Children in English

February 13, 2024 by Prasanna

World Population Day Essay: The Eleventh of July is regarded as the World Population Day, all across the globe. This day was marked as celebratory since 1987 by the United Nations organization. The main goal of World Population Day is to raise awareness among the people concerning the world’s growing population.

The topic of World Population Day is a very favorable one on which students are asked to write compositions. For such purposes, we have compiled a set of relevant articles below.

You can read more  Essay Writing  about articles, events, people, sports, technology many more.

Long and Short Essays on World Population Day for Students and Kids in English

A long and short essay is given below. The sample of the long essay is 450-500 words long. The short essay runs over 100-150 words. Additionally, a set of ten lines on a particular topic has also been provided. Students can refer to these articles when writing their essays for their assignments and examinations.

Long Essay on World Population Day 500 Words in English

World Population Day essay is convenient for students in grades 7, 8, 9, and 10.

The Population all across the world has been increasing in leaps and bounds ever since the emergence of human life on the face of the earth. At the beginning of 1800, the population was recorded at 1 billion. By the beginning of the 2000s, the population increased to a record 6 billion people. As of 2018, the world population stands at 75.53 crores. On the 11th of July 1987, the world’s population reached a figure of 5 billion people; ever since then, the United Nations designated 11th of July as World Population Day. Hence, every year, from 1987, the 11th of July is commemorated as World Population Day.

The increasing population has always been a matter of great concern. The number of human beings increases manifolds each year, but the resources to sustain human life remain unreproducible. The rate of increase has also been rapidly growing. To put this fact into perspective: the population crossed the 2 billion mark in the year 1927; by the year 1999, the population was recorded to be 6 billion. Thus, there was a massive rise in the rate of increase in the population each year.

The aim and motif of World Population Day are to propagate the consequences that an uncontainable huge population count can have on human life and the surrounding environment. The natural resources to support existence are limited, but their consumption keeps increasing every year. Given this fact, a day will arrive soon when the earth will run out of resources to contain human life; that would be doomsday.

World Population Day also aims at raising awareness regarding how to control and contain the rapidly increasing population. It is moral to be pro-life. But an ever-increasing population has innumerable irreversible consequences for the earth. Keeping that fact in mind, the matter of rising population should be duly addressed.

It is extremely urgent to keep the population count within the check. Several irrevocable damages are inflicted upon the environment and the atmosphere. A large number of people imply rapid and unjust depletion of environmental resources. Natural resources such as Land, Water, and Air are limited; they cannot be manually reproduced. The quick consumption of these resources leads to a tremendous loss. Besides environmental resources, valuable human resources are also wasted.

Out of the total 225 countries all across the world, China records the largest population. India comes next in line. As per accurate statistics, 21 children are born every five seconds. However, on a better side, the mortality rate has shown a decrease from 6.3 to 3.1 since 1950. Closer to home, India is the second-most populous country in the world after China. It has a population density of 190 people per square kilometer. The states of UP, Tamil Nadu, and Bihar are among the most densely populated Indian states.

The governments of every country should come up with effective policies and schemes to control the growing population. If not controlled immediately, the ever-increasing world population will account for some unbearable adverse situations.

Short Essay on World Population Day 150 Words in English

World Population Day essay will be useful for students studying in classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.

The 11th of July is celebrated as World Population Day. The day aims to popularize various measures that can contribute to toning down the Population growth rate in the world. The adverse situation of rapid population growth has been of immense concern. With every passing year, the number of people increases by many folds. Major health and well-being organizations strive to establish policies and schemes that will enable the population growth to remain within limits. Campaigns such as family planning, voluntary sterilization, and effective birth control measures are being applied to people worldwide.

10 Lines on World Population Day in English

• Every year on the 11th of July, World Population Day is celebrated.
• 1987 was the first year when the day was recognized and celebrated all across the world.
• The United Nations’ Organisation was the one to coin this day for the first time.
• The primary purpose of the celebration of World Population Day is to address the concern of a rapidly growing population.
• The population has been increasing by leaps and bounds; it is a burning issue that requires an urgent remedy.
• China, India, and the United States are the top three countries that have the largest population count (in descending order of precedence).
• The concern of the growing population is so widespread that there are no remedies that will act immediately. A long time is required for the measures to become effective.
• The growing population puts additional strain on the earth and the environment.
• Governing bodies of every nation should come up with practical solutions to pacify the situation at hand.
• Policies such as family planning and use of birth control should be implemented on a large scale basis.

FAQ’s on World Population Day Essay

Question 1. Why is World Population Day celebrated?

Answer: World Population Day is celebrated to grab everyone’s attention over the immediate issue of the rapidly increasing population of the world and the adverse effects which it carries along with it.

Question 2. How fast is the population of the world increasing?

Answer: The rate of growth of the population all across the world is recorded to be 220,000 births per day (150 births per minute).

Question 3. Should the population growth be kept within check?

Answer: Yes. It is an urgent requirement to control and contain the population growth. The growth rate is fixed at a gigantic figure, and it should be brought down.

• Picture Dictionary
• English Speech
• English Slogans
• English Letter Writing
• English Essay Writing
• English Textbook Answers
• Types of Certificates
• ICSE Solutions
• Selina ICSE Solutions
• ML Aggarwal Solutions
• HSSLive Plus One
• HSSLive Plus Two
• Kerala SSLC
• Distance Education

World Population Day Essay

[dk_lang lang=”en”]

Many countries around the world celebrate July 11 as World Population Day to make the public aware and educated on the latest trends towards global population growth and how it affects the economy and development. The following essays present here will provide you detailed information about World Population Day.

Table of Contents

Short and Long Essay on World Population Day in English

Essay 1 (250 words).

introduction

World Population Day is celebrated all over the world on 11 July to raise awareness about the issue of population explosion and to draw attention to it at the global level.

Why is it observed ?

The need to observe World Population Day was first expressed by the Governing Council of the United Nations in 1989; Just two years after July 11, 1987, the global population reached approximately 5 billion.

Therefore, the United Nations General Assembly passed resolution 45/261 in December 1990, which fixed July 11 as the annual World Population Day.

The main objective of this day is to draw the attention of the world to the issue arising out of uncontrolled population growth and also to take necessary collective measures to prevent them. Issues such as poverty, unemployment and the Human Quality Index are directly related to population.

How to participate in World Population Day ?

The best way to participate in World Population Day would be to make people aware of the effects of population growth and educate them about family planning and other common methods of population control.

You can either join any NGO working in this regard or do volunteer work in your area. You can also take the help of all the social media platforms available to spread awareness and education to the masses.

Uncontrolled population growth greatly limits resource availability and seriously impairs quality of life. It is not only the need of the hour but also the responsibility of other nations of the world to take necessary collective and individual steps in this regard.

Essay 3 (400 words)

Every year under the guidance of United Nations, the world celebrates World Population Day on 11th July. The first World Population Day was observed on July 11, 1991.

Why is it necessary to observe “World Population Day” ?

The current world population is 7.8 billion in the first quarter of 2020 and the estimated global population growth is about 83 million every year. At this rate, the world population is expected to reach 8.6 billion by 2030, 9.8 billion by 2050 and 11.2 billion by the end of the century.

This increase in population, apart from the fact that the plethora of available resources remains the same, will cause nothing more than a strain on the latter. There will be far fewer jobs than there are applicants; Health workers will also be less compared to patients in need of medical care, etc.

In this way, the situation will be more or less the same in all the sectors like education, transport, consumption, etc. In addition, the huge population will also consume huge amounts of essential resources like water, food, fuel, etc. As a result, all these resources will soon be exhausted, sadly at the same rate as the population is increasing. We cannot produce our own natural resources.

The situation will be worst in developing countries like India, China, Sri Lanka etc., not to mention Pakistan and African countries like Angola, Burundi, etc. which are very less developed countries.

World Population Day – India

The current population of India is about 1.36 billion. This places India as the second most populous country in the world after China and with its growing momentum it has a high potential to surpass China in 2022 as well.

India is a developing nation which falls in the medium category of Human Development Index as per the data published in 2019. Despite being on the verge of becoming the fastest growing world economy, India is grappling with issues like – poverty, hunger, unemployment, and corruption, etc.

Recognizing the fact that uncontrolled growth in population will only worsen the situation, the Indian government celebrates World Population Day, also showing its full commitment to the cause.

The government keeps in touch with the people at the grassroots level in coordination with NGOs and local administrative bodies. People are educated about the impact of population on the quality of life and availability of resources. Activists and volunteers distribute education materials related to contraception and family planning to people.

Population growth is an important issue on which concrete steps should be taken by the world immediately. Countries like India, which are still in the developing stage, need to take this issue more seriously if they ever want to join the league of developed nations.

Essay 3 (600 words)

World Population Day is celebrated every year on 11th July to make aware about the world population and its development and to raise awareness about its effects. It is celebrated globally to make people aware about the increasing stress on resources due to population and to take important steps like family planning etc.

World Population Day was established in 1989 by the Governing Council of the United Nations Development Programme. The date of its beginning was July 11, 1987, when the world population reached five billion. It was about bringing awareness about population growth and its impact which was established as World Population Day.

World Population Day was suggested by Dr. K.C. Zakaria who served as senior demographer at the World Bank from 1971 to 1987. Dr. Zakaria hails from the state of Kerala, India and is currently working as an Honorary Professor at the Center for Development Studies.

In a further development of the event, the United Nations General Assembly passed resolution 45/126 in December 1990, declaring that 11 July every year would be observed as World Population Day.

World Population Day was started to bring the attention of the world to the issues of population, how continuous population growth can drain our available resources. It is at the core of the observation that people all over the world realize the effects of population explosion and adopt various methods for its prevention, such as family planning, etc.

The world population is growing at the rate of about 83 million annually. Even if things are left to go as they are and the fertility rate is on the decline, the world population will still be 8.6 billion by 2030, dependent on healthcare, education and other available resources. Will put a lot of pressure. 2030 is also the year the world has decided to reach the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). It is to raise awareness on these issues arising out of population growth that the United Nations seeks through World Population Day.

overview of the world

World Population Day is celebrated all over the world, whose purpose is to make people aware about population growth and readiness to deal with it. In coordination with many of its agencies, the United Nations keeps in touch with world leaders and the cause tries to bring them all together.

United Nations Fund for Population Activities – UNPFA (now United Nations Population Fund – UNPF) takes an active part in monitoring incidents. It collects and manages funds to be used for population growth programmes.

High-level conferences are held at key locations around the world where future prospects are discussed. Issues such as the impact of population growth on factors such as pollution, healthcare, education, unemployment, resource availability, poverty, etc., are discussed. The main objective of the observation is to send a message to the public that continuous population explosion is better than nowhere for the development of the world. People are helped in every possible way and motivated to do family planning to reduce population growth.

Many NGOs also take an active part in this process, in which people come to know about the effects of population through talks and street shows. Free brochures, templates, booklets and contraceptives, etc., are distributed free of charge to the public. The government machinery also uses its available resources to make people aware and aware.

World Population Day addresses an important issue which is directly related to the quality of life on earth and it should be observed with full participation by all the nations. Population explosion puts immense pressure on our resources, which either deprives us or deteriorates our quality of life.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”bn”]

বিশ্বব্যাপী জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির সর্বশেষ প্রবণতা এবং কীভাবে এটি অর্থনীতি ও উন্নয়নকে প্রভাবিত করে সে সম্পর্কে জনসাধারণকে সচেতন ও শিক্ষিত করার জন্য বিশ্বের অনেক দেশ 11 জুলাইকে বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস হিসাবে উদযাপন করে। এখানে উপস্থিত নিম্নলিখিত রচনাগুলি আপনাকে বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস সম্পর্কে বিস্তারিত তথ্য প্রদান করবে।

বাংলায় বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসের সংক্ষিপ্ত ও দীর্ঘ প্রবন্ধ

প্রবন্ধ 1 (250 শব্দ).

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস 11 জুলাই বিশ্বব্যাপী পালিত হয় জনসংখ্যা বিস্ফোরণের বিষয়ে সচেতনতা বাড়াতে এবং বিশ্বব্যাপী এর প্রতি দৃষ্টি আকর্ষণ করার জন্য।

কেন এটা পালন করা হয় ?

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস পালনের প্রয়োজনীয়তা প্রথম 1989 সালে জাতিসংঘের গভর্নিং কাউন্সিল দ্বারা প্রকাশ করা হয়েছিল; 11 জুলাই, 1987 এর মাত্র দুই বছর পরে, বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা প্রায় 5 বিলিয়ন পৌঁছেছে।

তাই, জাতিসংঘের সাধারণ পরিষদ 1990 সালের ডিসেম্বরে রেজুলেশন 45/261 পাস করে, যা 11 জুলাইকে বার্ষিক বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস হিসাবে নির্ধারণ করে।

এই দিবসের মূল উদ্দেশ্য হল অনিয়ন্ত্রিত জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির ফলে উদ্ভূত সমস্যাগুলির প্রতি বিশ্বের দৃষ্টি আকর্ষণ করা এবং তাদের প্রতিরোধে প্রয়োজনীয় সম্মিলিত ব্যবস্থা গ্রহণ করা। দারিদ্র্য, বেকারত্ব এবং মানব গুণমান সূচকের মতো বিষয়গুলি সরাসরি জনসংখ্যার সাথে সম্পর্কিত।

কিভাবে বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসে অংশগ্রহণ করবেন ?

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসে অংশগ্রহণের সর্বোত্তম উপায় হ’ল জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির প্রভাব সম্পর্কে জনগণকে সচেতন করা এবং পরিবার পরিকল্পনা এবং জনসংখ্যা নিয়ন্ত্রণের অন্যান্য সাধারণ পদ্ধতি সম্পর্কে তাদের শিক্ষিত করা।

আপনি হয় এই বিষয়ে কাজ করে এমন যেকোনো এনজিওতে যোগ দিতে পারেন অথবা আপনার এলাকায় স্বেচ্ছাসেবী কাজ করতে পারেন। আপনি জনসাধারণের কাছে সচেতনতা এবং শিক্ষা ছড়িয়ে দেওয়ার জন্য উপলব্ধ সমস্ত সোশ্যাল মিডিয়া প্ল্যাটফর্মের সাহায্য নিতে পারেন।

অনিয়ন্ত্রিত জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি সম্পদের প্রাপ্যতাকে ব্যাপকভাবে সীমিত করে এবং জীবনযাত্রার মানকে মারাত্মকভাবে ক্ষতিগ্রস্ত করে। এ বিষয়ে প্রয়োজনীয় সম্মিলিত ও ব্যক্তিগত পদক্ষেপ গ্রহণ করা শুধু সময়ের প্রয়োজনই নয়, বিশ্বের অন্যান্য জাতিরও দায়িত্ব।

প্রবন্ধ 3 (400 শব্দ)

প্রতি বছর জাতিসংঘের নির্দেশনায় বিশ্ব 11 জুলাই বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস উদযাপন করে। 1991 সালের 11 জুলাই প্রথম বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস পালিত হয়।

“বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস” কেন পালন করা প্রয়োজন ?

2020 সালের প্রথম ত্রৈমাসিকে বর্তমান বিশ্বের জনসংখ্যা 7.8 বিলিয়ন এবং প্রতি বছর আনুমানিক বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি প্রায় 83 মিলিয়ন। এই হারে বিশ্বের জনসংখ্যা 2030 সালের মধ্যে 8.6 বিলিয়ন, 2050 সালের মধ্যে 9.8 বিলিয়ন এবং শতাব্দীর শেষে 11.2 বিলিয়নে পৌঁছাবে বলে আশা করা হচ্ছে।

জনসংখ্যার এই বৃদ্ধি, প্রাপ্য সম্পদের আধিক্য একই রয়ে যাওয়া ছাড়াও, পরবর্তীতে একটি চাপ ছাড়া আর কিছুই হবে না। আবেদনকারীদের তুলনায় অনেক কম চাকরি থাকবে; চিকিৎসা সেবার প্রয়োজন আছে এমন রোগীদের তুলনায় স্বাস্থ্যকর্মীরাও কম হবে।

এভাবে শিক্ষা, পরিবহন, ভোগ ইত্যাদি সব ক্ষেত্রেই পরিস্থিতি কমবেশি একই রকম হবে। অধিকন্তু, বিশাল জনসংখ্যা প্রচুর পরিমাণে প্রয়োজনীয় সম্পদ যেমন পানি, খাদ্য, জ্বালানি ইত্যাদি গ্রাস করবে। ফলস্বরূপ, এই সমস্ত সম্পদ শীঘ্রই নিঃশেষের দিকে চলে যাবে, দুঃখজনকভাবে যে হারে জনসংখ্যা বাড়ছে। আমরা আমাদের নিজস্ব উৎপাদন করতে পারি না। প্রাকৃতিক সম্পদ.

ভারত, চীন, শ্রীলঙ্কা প্রভৃতি উন্নয়নশীল দেশগুলির অবস্থা সবচেয়ে খারাপ হবে, পাকিস্তান এবং আফ্রিকান দেশগুলি যেমন অ্যাঙ্গোলা, বুরুন্ডি ইত্যাদির কথা উল্লেখ না করলেই নয় যেগুলি খুব কম উন্নত দেশ।

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস – ভারত

ভারতের বর্তমান জনসংখ্যা প্রায় 1.36 বিলিয়ন। এটি চীনের পরে ভারতকে বিশ্বের দ্বিতীয় সর্বাধিক জনবহুল দেশ হিসাবে রাখে এবং এর ক্রমবর্ধমান গতির সাথে এটি 2022 সালে চীনকেও ছাড়িয়ে যাওয়ার উচ্চ সম্ভাবনা রয়েছে।

ভারত একটি উন্নয়নশীল দেশ যা 2019 সালে প্রকাশিত তথ্য অনুসারে মানব উন্নয়ন সূচকের মাঝারি বিভাগে পড়ে। দ্রুততম ক্রমবর্ধমান বিশ্ব অর্থনীতিতে পরিণত হওয়ার দ্বারপ্রান্তে থাকা সত্ত্বেও, ভারত দারিদ্র্য, ক্ষুধা, বেকারত্ব এবং দুর্নীতি ইত্যাদির মতো সমস্যাগুলির সাথে ঝাঁপিয়ে পড়েছে।

জনসংখ্যার অনিয়ন্ত্রিত বৃদ্ধি পরিস্থিতিকে আরও খারাপ করবে এই সত্যটি স্বীকার করে, ভারত সরকার বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস উদযাপন করে, এছাড়াও কারণটির প্রতি তার পূর্ণ অঙ্গীকার প্রদর্শন করে।

সরকার এনজিও এবং স্থানীয় প্রশাসনিক সংস্থাগুলির সাথে সমন্বয় করে তৃণমূল পর্যায়ে জনগণের সাথে যোগাযোগ রাখে। জীবনযাত্রার মান এবং সম্পদের প্রাপ্যতার উপর জনসংখ্যার প্রভাব সম্পর্কে মানুষ শিক্ষিত। অ্যাক্টিভিস্ট এবং স্বেচ্ছাসেবকরা গর্ভনিরোধক এবং পরিবার পরিকল্পনা সম্পর্কিত শিক্ষা সামগ্রী মানুষের মধ্যে বিতরণ করেন।

জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি একটি গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ইস্যু যার বিষয়ে বিশ্বকে অবিলম্বে দৃঢ় পদক্ষেপ নেওয়া উচিত। ভারতের মতো দেশগুলি, যা এখনও উন্নয়নশীল পর্যায়ে রয়েছে, তারা যদি কখনও উন্নত দেশগুলির লীগে যোগ দিতে চায় তবে এই বিষয়টিকে আরও গুরুত্ব সহকারে নেওয়া দরকার।

প্রবন্ধ 3 (600 শব্দ)

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা এবং এর উন্নয়ন সম্পর্কে সচেতন করতে এবং এর প্রভাব সম্পর্কে সচেতনতা বাড়াতে প্রতি বছর 11 জুলাই বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস পালিত হয়। জনসংখ্যার কারণে সম্পদের উপর ক্রমবর্ধমান চাপ সম্পর্কে মানুষকে সচেতন করতে এবং পরিবার পরিকল্পনা ইত্যাদির মতো গুরুত্বপূর্ণ পদক্ষেপ গ্রহণের জন্য এটি বিশ্বব্যাপী পালিত হয়।

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস 1989 সালে জাতিসংঘ উন্নয়ন কর্মসূচির গভর্নিং কাউন্সিল দ্বারা প্রতিষ্ঠিত হয়েছিল। এর শুরুর তারিখ ছিল 11 জুলাই, 1987, যখন বিশ্বের জনসংখ্যা পাঁচ বিলিয়নে পৌঁছেছিল। এটি ছিল জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি এবং এর প্রভাব সম্পর্কে সচেতনতা আনার বিষয়ে যা বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস হিসাবে প্রতিষ্ঠিত হয়েছিল।

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসের পরামর্শ দিয়েছেন ডক্টর কে.সি. জাকারিয়া যিনি 1971 থেকে 1987 সাল পর্যন্ত বিশ্বব্যাংকের সিনিয়র ডেমোগ্রাফার হিসেবে দায়িত্ব পালন করেন। ডঃ জাকারিয়া ভারতের কেরালা রাজ্য থেকে এসেছেন এবং বর্তমানে সেন্টার ফর ডেভেলপমেন্ট স্টাডিজে একজন অনারারি প্রফেসর হিসেবে কাজ করছেন।

ইভেন্টের আরও উন্নয়নে, জাতিসংঘের সাধারণ পরিষদ 1990 সালের ডিসেম্বরে 45/126 রেজুলেশন পাস করে, ঘোষণা করে যে প্রতি বছর 11 জুলাই বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস হিসাবে পালন করা হবে।

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসটি জনসংখ্যার সমস্যাগুলির প্রতি বিশ্বের দৃষ্টি আকর্ষণ করার জন্য শুরু হয়েছিল, কীভাবে ক্রমাগত জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি আমাদের উপলব্ধ সংস্থানগুলিকে নিষ্কাশন করতে পারে। এটি পর্যবেক্ষণের মূল বিষয় যে সারা বিশ্বের মানুষ জনসংখ্যা বিস্ফোরণের প্রভাবগুলি উপলব্ধি করে এবং এর প্রতিরোধের জন্য বিভিন্ন পদ্ধতি গ্রহণ করে, যেমন পরিবার পরিকল্পনা ইত্যাদি।

বিশ্বের জনসংখ্যা বার্ষিক প্রায় 83 মিলিয়ন হারে বাড়ছে। এমনকি যদি জিনিসগুলি আগের মতো চলতে থাকে এবং উর্বরতার হার কমতে থাকে, তবুও 2030 সালের মধ্যে বিশ্বের জনসংখ্যা 8.6 বিলিয়ন হবে, স্বাস্থ্যসেবা, শিক্ষা এবং অন্যান্য উপলব্ধ সম্পদের উপর নির্ভরশীল। 2030 সালও ​​সেই বছর যেটি বিশ্ব টেকসই উন্নয়ন লক্ষ্যমাত্রা (SDGs) পৌঁছানোর সিদ্ধান্ত নিয়েছে। জাতিসংঘ বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবসের মাধ্যমে জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির ফলে উদ্ভূত এই বিষয়গুলো সম্পর্কে সচেতনতা বাড়াতে চাইছে।

বিশ্বের ওভারভিউ

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস সারা বিশ্বে পালিত হয়, যার উদ্দেশ্য হল জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির বিষয়ে জনগণকে সচেতন করা এবং এটি মোকাবেলার প্রস্তুতি। তার অনেক সংস্থার সাথে সমন্বয় করে, জাতিসংঘ বিশ্ব নেতাদের সাথে যোগাযোগ রাখে এবং কারণ তাদের সবাইকে একত্রিত করার চেষ্টা করে।

জনসংখ্যা কার্যক্রমের জন্য জাতিসংঘ তহবিল – UNPFA (বর্তমানে জাতিসংঘের জনসংখ্যা তহবিল – UNPF) ঘটনা পর্যবেক্ষণে সক্রিয় অংশ নেয়। এটি জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি কর্মসূচির জন্য ব্যবহার করার জন্য তহবিল সংগ্রহ ও পরিচালনা করে।

উচ্চ-স্তরের সম্মেলনগুলি বিশ্বজুড়ে মূল অবস্থানগুলিতে অনুষ্ঠিত হয় যেখানে ভবিষ্যতের সম্ভাবনা নিয়ে আলোচনা করা হয়। দূষণ, স্বাস্থ্যসেবা, শিক্ষা, বেকারত্ব, সম্পদের প্রাপ্যতা, দারিদ্র্য ইত্যাদি বিষয়গুলির উপর জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধির প্রভাবের মতো বিষয়গুলি আলোচনা করা হয়েছে। পর্যবেক্ষণের মূল উদ্দেশ্য হল জনসাধারণের কাছে একটি বার্তা পাঠানো যে ক্রমাগত জনসংখ্যার বিস্ফোরণ বিশ্বের উন্নয়নের জন্য কোথাও থেকে ভাল। জনসংখ্যা বৃদ্ধি হ্রাস করার জন্য সমস্ত সম্ভাব্য উপায়ে মানুষকে সাহায্য করা হয় এবং পরিবার পরিকল্পনা করতে উদ্বুদ্ধ করা হয়।

অনেক এনজিওও এই প্রক্রিয়ায় সক্রিয় অংশ নেয়, যেখানে লোকেরা আলোচনা এবং রাস্তার শোয়ের মাধ্যমে জনসংখ্যার প্রভাব সম্পর্কে জানতে পারে। বিনামূল্যে ব্রোশার, টেমপ্লেট, পুস্তিকা এবং গর্ভনিরোধক ইত্যাদি জনসাধারণের জন্য বিনামূল্যে বিতরণ করা হয়। সরকারী যন্ত্রপাতিও জনগণকে সচেতন ও সচেতন করার জন্য তার উপলব্ধ সম্পদ ব্যবহার করে।

বিশ্ব জনসংখ্যা দিবস একটি গুরুত্বপূর্ণ বিষয়কে সম্বোধন করে যা সরাসরি পৃথিবীর জীবনের মানের সাথে সম্পর্কিত এবং এটি সমস্ত জাতির পূর্ণ অংশগ্রহণের সাথে পালন করা উচিত। জনসংখ্যার বিস্ফোরণ আমাদের সম্পদের উপর প্রচুর চাপ সৃষ্টি করে, যা হয় আমাদের বঞ্চিত করে বা আমাদের জীবনযাত্রার মানকে খারাপ করে।

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”gu”]

વિશ્વભરના ઘણા દેશો વૈશ્વિક વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ તરફના નવીનતમ વલણો અને તે અર્થતંત્ર અને વિકાસને કેવી રીતે અસર કરે છે તેના વિશે લોકોને જાગૃત અને શિક્ષિત કરવા માટે 11 જુલાઈને વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ તરીકે ઉજવે છે. અહીં પ્રસ્તુત નીચેના નિબંધો તમને વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ વિશે વિગતવાર માહિતી પ્રદાન કરશે.

ગુજરાતીમાં વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ પર ટૂંકો અને લાંબો નિબંધ

નિબંધ 1 (250 શબ્દો).

વસ્તી વિસ્ફોટના મુદ્દા વિશે જાગૃતિ લાવવા અને વૈશ્વિક સ્તરે તેના તરફ ધ્યાન દોરવા માટે 11 જુલાઈના રોજ વિશ્વભરમાં વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસની ઉજવણી કરવામાં આવે છે.

તે શા માટે અવલોકન કરવામાં આવે છે ?

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ મનાવવાની જરૂરિયાત સૌપ્રથમ 1989માં સંયુક્ત રાષ્ટ્રની ગવર્નિંગ કાઉન્સિલ દ્વારા વ્યક્ત કરવામાં આવી હતી; 11 જુલાઈ, 1987ના માત્ર બે વર્ષ પછી, વૈશ્વિક વસ્તી અંદાજે 5 અબજ સુધી પહોંચી ગઈ.

તેથી, યુનાઈટેડ નેશન્સ જનરલ એસેમ્બલીએ ડિસેમ્બર 1990 માં ઠરાવ 45/261 પસાર કર્યો, જેણે 11 જુલાઈને વાર્ષિક વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ તરીકે નિશ્ચિત કર્યો.

આ દિવસનો મુખ્ય ઉદ્દેશ્ય અનિયંત્રિત વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિને કારણે ઉદ્ભવતા મુદ્દાઓ તરફ વિશ્વનું ધ્યાન દોરવાનો અને તેને રોકવા માટે જરૂરી સામૂહિક પગલાં લેવાનો છે. ગરીબી, બેરોજગારી અને માનવ ગુણવત્તા સૂચકાંક જેવા મુદ્દાઓ વસ્તી સાથે સીધા સંબંધિત છે.

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ માં કેવી રીતે ભાગ લેવો ?

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસમાં ભાગ લેવાનો શ્રેષ્ઠ માર્ગ એ છે કે લોકોને વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિની અસરોથી વાકેફ કરવામાં આવે અને કુટુંબ નિયોજન અને વસ્તી નિયંત્રણની અન્ય સામાન્ય પદ્ધતિઓ વિશે તેમને શિક્ષિત કરવામાં આવે.

તમે કાં તો આ અંગે કામ કરતી કોઈપણ એનજીઓમાં જોડાઈ શકો છો અથવા તમારા વિસ્તારમાં સ્વયંસેવક કાર્ય કરી શકો છો. તમે લોકોમાં જાગૃતિ અને શિક્ષણ ફેલાવવા માટે ઉપલબ્ધ તમામ સોશિયલ મીડિયા પ્લેટફોર્મની મદદ પણ લઈ શકો છો.

અનિયંત્રિત વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ સંસાધનની ઉપલબ્ધતાને મોટા પ્રમાણમાં મર્યાદિત કરે છે અને જીવનની ગુણવત્તાને ગંભીરપણે નબળી પાડે છે. આ અંગે જરૂરી સામૂહિક અને વ્યક્તિગત પગલાં ભરવા એ માત્ર સમયની જરૂરિયાત નથી પરંતુ વિશ્વના અન્ય દેશોની પણ જવાબદારી છે.

નિબંધ 3 (400 શબ્દો)

દર વર્ષે સંયુક્ત રાષ્ટ્રના માર્ગદર્શન હેઠળ વિશ્વ 11મી જુલાઈના રોજ વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસની ઉજવણી કરે છે. પ્રથમ વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ 11 જુલાઈ, 1991 ના રોજ ઉજવવામાં આવ્યો હતો.

“વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ” શા માટે ઉજવવો જરૂરી છે ?

2020 ના પ્રથમ ત્રિમાસિક ગાળામાં વર્તમાન વિશ્વની વસ્તી 7.8 અબજ છે અને અંદાજિત વૈશ્વિક વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ દર વર્ષે લગભગ 83 મિલિયન છે. આ દરે વિશ્વની વસ્તી 2030 સુધીમાં 8.6 અબજ, 2050 સુધીમાં 9.8 અબજ અને સદીના અંત સુધીમાં 11.2 અબજ સુધી પહોંચવાની અપેક્ષા છે.

વસ્તીમાં આ વધારો, એ હકીકત સિવાય કે ઉપલબ્ધ સંસાધનોની વિપુલતા સમાન રહે છે, તે પછીના પર તાણ સિવાય બીજું કંઈ નહીં કરે. અરજદારો કરતાં ઘણી ઓછી નોકરીઓ હશે; તબીબી સંભાળ વગેરેની જરૂરિયાત ધરાવતા દર્દીઓની સરખામણીમાં આરોગ્ય કર્મચારીઓ પણ ઓછા હશે.

આ રીતે, શિક્ષણ, વાહનવ્યવહાર, વપરાશ વગેરે જેવા તમામ ક્ષેત્રોમાં સ્થિતિ એકસરખી રહેશે. આ ઉપરાંત, વિશાળ વસ્તી પાણી, ખોરાક, બળતણ વગેરે જેવા આવશ્યક સંસાધનો પણ જંગી માત્રામાં વાપરે છે. પરિણામે, આ તમામ સંસાધનો ટૂંક સમયમાં ખતમ થઈ જશે, દુઃખની વાત એ છે કે જે દરે વસ્તી વધી રહી છે તે જ રીતે આપણે ઉત્પાદન કરી શકતા નથી. પોતાના કુદરતી સંસાધનો.

ભારત, ચીન, શ્રીલંકા વગેરે જેવા વિકાસશીલ દેશોમાં સ્થિતિ સૌથી ખરાબ હશે, પાકિસ્તાન અને આફ્રિકન દેશો જેમ કે અંગોલા, બુરુન્ડી વગેરેનો ઉલ્લેખ ન કરવો જેઓ ખૂબ ઓછા વિકસિત દેશો છે.

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ – ભારત

ભારતની વર્તમાન વસ્તી લગભગ 1.36 અબજ છે. આનાથી ભારત ચીન પછી વિશ્વમાં બીજા સૌથી વધુ વસ્તી ધરાવતો દેશ છે અને તેની વધતી ગતિ સાથે તે 2022 માં પણ ચીનને વટાવી જવાની ઉચ્ચ ક્ષમતા ધરાવે છે.

ભારત એક વિકાસશીલ રાષ્ટ્ર છે જે 2019 માં પ્રકાશિત થયેલા ડેટા મુજબ માનવ વિકાસ સૂચકાંકની મધ્યમ શ્રેણીમાં આવે છે. વિશ્વની સૌથી ઝડપથી વિકસતી અર્થવ્યવસ્થા બનવાની ધાર પર હોવા છતાં, ભારત ગરીબી, ભૂખમરો, બેરોજગારી અને ભ્રષ્ટાચાર વગેરે જેવા મુદ્દાઓથી ઝઝૂમી રહ્યું છે.

વસ્તીમાં અનિયંત્રિત વૃદ્ધિ માત્ર પરિસ્થિતિને વધુ ખરાબ કરશે તે હકીકતને ઓળખીને, ભારત સરકાર વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસની ઉજવણી કરે છે, તે હેતુ માટે તેની સંપૂર્ણ પ્રતિબદ્ધતા પણ દર્શાવે છે.

સરકાર એનજીઓ અને સ્થાનિક વહીવટી સંસ્થાઓ સાથે સંકલન કરીને પાયાના સ્તરે લોકો સાથે સંપર્કમાં રહે છે. જીવનની ગુણવત્તા અને સંસાધનોની ઉપલબ્ધતા પર વસ્તીની અસર વિશે લોકોને શિક્ષિત કરવામાં આવે છે. કાર્યકરો અને સ્વયંસેવકો લોકોને ગર્ભનિરોધક અને કુટુંબ નિયોજન સંબંધિત શિક્ષણ સામગ્રીનું વિતરણ કરે છે.

વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ એક મહત્વપૂર્ણ મુદ્દો છે જેના પર વિશ્વએ તાત્કાલિક નક્કર પગલાં લેવા જોઈએ. ભારત જેવા દેશો, જે હજુ વિકાસના તબક્કામાં છે, જો તેઓ ક્યારેય વિકસિત દેશોની લીગમાં જોડાવા માંગતા હોય તો આ મુદ્દાને વધુ ગંભીરતાથી લેવાની જરૂર છે.

નિબંધ 3 (600 શબ્દો)

વિશ્વ વસ્તી અને તેના વિકાસ વિશે જાગૃતિ લાવવા અને તેની અસરો વિશે જાગૃતિ લાવવા માટે દર વર્ષે 11 જુલાઈએ વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ ઉજવવામાં આવે છે. વસ્તીના કારણે સંસાધનો પર વધી રહેલા તણાવ વિશે લોકોને જાગૃત કરવા અને કુટુંબ નિયોજન વગેરે જેવા મહત્વપૂર્ણ પગલાં લેવા માટે વૈશ્વિક સ્તરે ઉજવણી કરવામાં આવે છે.

યુનાઇટેડ નેશન્સ ડેવલપમેન્ટ પ્રોગ્રામની ગવર્નિંગ કાઉન્સિલ દ્વારા 1989માં વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસની સ્થાપના કરવામાં આવી હતી. તેની શરૂઆતની તારીખ 11 જુલાઈ, 1987 હતી, જ્યારે વિશ્વની વસ્તી પાંચ અબજ સુધી પહોંચી હતી. તે વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ અને તેની અસર વિશે જાગૃતિ લાવવા વિશે હતું જેની સ્થાપના વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ તરીકે કરવામાં આવી હતી.

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસનું સૂચન ડૉ.કે.સી. ઝકરિયા જેઓ 1971 થી 1987 સુધી વિશ્વ બેંકમાં વરિષ્ઠ વસ્તીવિષયક તરીકે સેવા આપી હતી. ડૉ. ઝકરિયા ભારતના કેરળ રાજ્યના છે અને હાલમાં સેન્ટર ફોર ડેવલપમેન્ટ સ્ટડીઝમાં માનદ પ્રોફેસર તરીકે કાર્યરત છે.

ઘટનાના વધુ વિકાસમાં, યુનાઈટેડ નેશન્સ જનરલ એસેમ્બલીએ ડિસેમ્બર 1990માં ઠરાવ 45/126 પસાર કર્યો, જેમાં ઘોષણા કરવામાં આવી કે દર વર્ષે 11 જુલાઈ વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ તરીકે ઉજવવામાં આવશે.

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસની શરૂઆત વસ્તીના મુદ્દાઓ પર વિશ્વનું ધ્યાન દોરવા માટે કરવામાં આવી હતી કે કેવી રીતે સતત વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ આપણા ઉપલબ્ધ સંસાધનોને દૂર કરી શકે છે. તે અવલોકનના મૂળમાં છે કે સમગ્ર વિશ્વમાં લોકો વસ્તી વિસ્ફોટની અસરોને સમજે છે અને તેના નિવારણ માટે વિવિધ પદ્ધતિઓ અપનાવે છે, જેમ કે કુટુંબ આયોજન વગેરે.

વિશ્વની વસ્તી વાર્ષિક આશરે 83 મિલિયનના દરે વધી રહી છે. જો વસ્તુઓ જેમ છે તેમ ચાલવાનું છોડી દેવામાં આવે અને પ્રજનન દર ઘટી રહ્યો હોય, તો પણ વિશ્વની વસ્તી 2030 સુધીમાં 8.6 બિલિયન હશે, જે આરોગ્યસંભાળ, શિક્ષણ અને અન્ય ઉપલબ્ધ સંસાધનો પર નિર્ભર રહેશે. તેના પર ઘણું દબાણ આવશે. 2030 એ વર્ષ પણ છે જ્યારે વિશ્વએ ટકાઉ વિકાસ લક્ષ્યો (SDGs) સુધી પહોંચવાનું નક્કી કર્યું છે. વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ દ્વારા યુનાઈટેડ નેશન્સ જે માંગ કરે છે તે વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિથી ઉદ્ભવતા આ મુદ્દાઓ પર જાગૃતિ લાવવાનો છે.

વિશ્વની ઝાંખી

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ સમગ્ર વિશ્વમાં ઉજવવામાં આવે છે, જેનો ઉદ્દેશ્ય વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ અને તેની સાથે વ્યવહાર કરવા માટેની તૈયારી વિશે લોકોને જાગૃત કરવાનો છે. તેની ઘણી એજન્સીઓ સાથે સંકલન કરીને, સંયુક્ત રાષ્ટ્ર વિશ્વના નેતાઓ સાથે સંપર્કમાં રહે છે અને કારણ તે બધાને સાથે લાવવાનો પ્રયાસ કરે છે.

યુનાઈટેડ નેશન્સ ફંડ ફોર પોપ્યુલેશન એક્ટિવિટીઝ – UNPFA (હવે યુનાઈટેડ નેશન્સ પોપ્યુલેશન ફંડ – UNPF) ઘટનાઓની દેખરેખમાં સક્રિય ભાગ લે છે. તે વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ કાર્યક્રમો માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવા માટે ભંડોળ એકત્ર કરે છે અને તેનું સંચાલન કરે છે.

વિશ્વભરના મુખ્ય સ્થાનો પર ઉચ્ચ-સ્તરીય પરિષદો યોજવામાં આવે છે જ્યાં ભવિષ્યની સંભાવનાઓની ચર્ચા કરવામાં આવે છે. પ્રદૂષણ, આરોગ્યસંભાળ, શિક્ષણ, બેરોજગારી, સંસાધનોની ઉપલબ્ધતા, ગરીબી વગેરે જેવા પરિબળો પર વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિની અસર જેવા મુદ્દાઓ પર ચર્ચા કરવામાં આવી છે. અવલોકનનો મુખ્ય ઉદ્દેશ્ય લોકોને એવો સંદેશો આપવાનો છે કે વિશ્વના વિકાસ માટે સતત વસ્તી વિસ્ફોટ ક્યાંય ન થાય તેના કરતાં વધુ સારો છે. લોકોને દરેક શક્ય રીતે મદદ કરવામાં આવે છે અને વસ્તી વૃદ્ધિ ઘટાડવા માટે કુટુંબ નિયોજન કરવા માટે પ્રેરિત કરવામાં આવે છે.

ઘણી એનજીઓ પણ આ પ્રક્રિયામાં સક્રિય ભાગ લે છે, જેમાં લોકો ટોક અને સ્ટ્રીટ શો દ્વારા વસ્તીની અસરો વિશે જાણે છે. મફત પુસ્તિકાઓ, ટેમ્પલેટ્સ, પુસ્તિકાઓ અને ગર્ભનિરોધક દવાઓ વગેરેનું જાહેર જનતાને વિનામૂલ્યે વિતરણ કરવામાં આવે છે. સરકારી તંત્ર પણ તેના ઉપલબ્ધ સાધનોનો ઉપયોગ લોકોને જાગૃત અને જાગૃત કરવા માટે કરે છે.

વિશ્વ વસ્તી દિવસ એક મહત્વપૂર્ણ મુદ્દાને સંબોધિત કરે છે જે પૃથ્વી પરના જીવનની ગુણવત્તા સાથે સીધો સંબંધિત છે અને તે તમામ રાષ્ટ્રો દ્વારા સંપૂર્ણ ભાગીદારી સાથે અવલોકન કરવું જોઈએ. વસ્તી વિસ્ફોટ આપણા સંસાધનો પર ભારે દબાણ લાવે છે, જે કાં તો આપણને વંચિત કરે છે અથવા આપણા જીવનની ગુણવત્તાને બગાડે છે.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”kn”]

ಪ್ರಪಂಚದಾದ್ಯಂತದ ಅನೇಕ ದೇಶಗಳು ಜುಲೈ 11 ಅನ್ನು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನಾಗಿ ಆಚರಿಸುತ್ತವೆ ಮತ್ತು ಜಾಗತಿಕ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯ ಇತ್ತೀಚಿನ ಪ್ರವೃತ್ತಿಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಆರ್ಥಿಕತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಯ ಮೇಲೆ ಅದು ಹೇಗೆ ಪರಿಣಾಮ ಬೀರುತ್ತದೆ ಎಂಬುದರ ಕುರಿತು ಸಾರ್ವಜನಿಕರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸುತ್ತದೆ. ಇಲ್ಲಿ ಪ್ರಸ್ತುತಪಡಿಸಲಾದ ಕೆಳಗಿನ ಪ್ರಬಂಧಗಳು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನದ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ನಿಮಗೆ ವಿವರವಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯನ್ನು ಒದಗಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.

ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನದಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಮತ್ತು ದೀರ್ಘ ಪ್ರಬಂಧ

ಪ್ರಬಂಧ 1 (250 ಪದಗಳು).

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ಸ್ಫೋಟದ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಯ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜಾಗೃತಿ ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಮತ್ತು ಜಾಗತಿಕ ಮಟ್ಟದಲ್ಲಿ ಗಮನ ಸೆಳೆಯಲು ಜುಲೈ 11 ರಂದು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ವಿಶ್ವದಾದ್ಯಂತ ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ.

ಅದನ್ನು ಏಕೆ ಗಮನಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ ?

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವ ಅಗತ್ಯವನ್ನು ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ಆಡಳಿತ ಮಂಡಳಿಯು 1989 ರಲ್ಲಿ ಮೊದಲು ವ್ಯಕ್ತಪಡಿಸಿತು; ಜುಲೈ 11, 1987 ರ ಕೇವಲ ಎರಡು ವರ್ಷಗಳ ನಂತರ, ಜಾಗತಿಕ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ಸರಿಸುಮಾರು 5 ಬಿಲಿಯನ್ ತಲುಪಿತು.

ಆದ್ದರಿಂದ, ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ಸಾಮಾನ್ಯ ಸಭೆಯು ಡಿಸೆಂಬರ್ 1990 ರಲ್ಲಿ 45/261 ನಿರ್ಣಯವನ್ನು ಅಂಗೀಕರಿಸಿತು, ಇದು ಜುಲೈ 11 ಅನ್ನು ವಾರ್ಷಿಕ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವೆಂದು ನಿಗದಿಪಡಿಸಿತು.

ಅನಿಯಂತ್ರಿತ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯಿಂದ ಉಂಟಾಗುವ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಪ್ರಪಂಚದ ಗಮನವನ್ನು ಸೆಳೆಯುವುದು ಮತ್ತು ಅವುಗಳನ್ನು ತಡೆಗಟ್ಟಲು ಅಗತ್ಯವಾದ ಸಾಮೂಹಿಕ ಕ್ರಮಗಳನ್ನು ಕೈಗೊಳ್ಳುವುದು ಈ ದಿನದ ಮುಖ್ಯ ಉದ್ದೇಶವಾಗಿದೆ. ಬಡತನ, ನಿರುದ್ಯೋಗ ಮತ್ತು ಮಾನವ ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟ ಸೂಚ್ಯಂಕದಂತಹ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಗೆ ನೇರವಾಗಿ ಸಂಬಂಧಿಸಿವೆ.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನಾಚರಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಭಾಗವಹಿಸುವುದು ಹೇಗೆ ?

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನಾಚರಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಭಾಗವಹಿಸಲು ಉತ್ತಮ ಮಾರ್ಗವೆಂದರೆ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯ ಪರಿಣಾಮಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜನರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸುವುದು ಮತ್ತು ಕುಟುಂಬ ಯೋಜನೆ ಮತ್ತು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆ ನಿಯಂತ್ರಣದ ಇತರ ಸಾಮಾನ್ಯ ವಿಧಾನಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಅವರಿಗೆ ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ ನೀಡುವುದು.

ನೀವು ಈ ನಿಟ್ಟಿನಲ್ಲಿ ಕೆಲಸ ಮಾಡುವ ಯಾವುದೇ NGO ಗೆ ಸೇರಬಹುದು ಅಥವಾ ನಿಮ್ಮ ಪ್ರದೇಶದಲ್ಲಿ ಸ್ವಯಂಸೇವಕ ಕೆಲಸವನ್ನು ಮಾಡಬಹುದು. ಜನಸಾಮಾನ್ಯರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮತ್ತು ಶಿಕ್ಷಣವನ್ನು ಹರಡಲು ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುವ ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಸಾಮಾಜಿಕ ಮಾಧ್ಯಮ ಪ್ಲಾಟ್‌ಫಾರ್ಮ್‌ಗಳ ಸಹಾಯವನ್ನು ಸಹ ನೀವು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.

ಅನಿಯಂತ್ರಿತ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯು ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಲಭ್ಯತೆಯನ್ನು ಬಹಳವಾಗಿ ಮಿತಿಗೊಳಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಜೀವನದ ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟವನ್ನು ಗಂಭೀರವಾಗಿ ಕುಗ್ಗಿಸುತ್ತದೆ. ಈ ನಿಟ್ಟಿನಲ್ಲಿ ಅಗತ್ಯ ಸಾಮೂಹಿಕ ಮತ್ತು ವೈಯಕ್ತಿಕ ಕ್ರಮಗಳನ್ನು ಕೈಗೊಳ್ಳುವುದು ಇಂದಿನ ಅಗತ್ಯ ಮಾತ್ರವಲ್ಲದೆ ವಿಶ್ವದ ಇತರ ರಾಷ್ಟ್ರಗಳ ಜವಾಬ್ದಾರಿಯಾಗಿದೆ.

ಪ್ರಬಂಧ 3 (400 ಪದಗಳು)

ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ಮಾರ್ಗದರ್ಶನದಲ್ಲಿ ಪ್ರತಿ ವರ್ಷ, ವಿಶ್ವವು ಜುಲೈ 11 ರಂದು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುತ್ತದೆ. ಮೊದಲ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಜುಲೈ 11, 1991 ರಂದು ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಯಿತು.

“ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನ”ವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಏಕೆ ಅಗತ್ಯ ?

ಪ್ರಸ್ತುತ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು 2020 ರ ಮೊದಲ ತ್ರೈಮಾಸಿಕದಲ್ಲಿ 7.8 ಬಿಲಿಯನ್ ಆಗಿದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅಂದಾಜು ಜಾಗತಿಕ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯು ಪ್ರತಿ ವರ್ಷ ಸುಮಾರು 83 ಮಿಲಿಯನ್ ಆಗಿದೆ. ಈ ದರದಲ್ಲಿ ವಿಶ್ವದ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು 2030 ರ ವೇಳೆಗೆ 8.6 ಶತಕೋಟಿ, 2050 ರ ವೇಳೆಗೆ 9.8 ಶತಕೋಟಿ ಮತ್ತು ಶತಮಾನದ ಅಂತ್ಯದ ವೇಳೆಗೆ 11.2 ಶತಕೋಟಿ ತಲುಪುವ ನಿರೀಕ್ಷೆಯಿದೆ.

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯಲ್ಲಿನ ಈ ಹೆಚ್ಚಳವು, ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುವ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಸಮೃದ್ಧಿಯು ಒಂದೇ ಆಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ ಎಂಬ ಅಂಶದ ಹೊರತಾಗಿ, ಎರಡನೆಯದಕ್ಕೆ ಹೆಚ್ಚಿನ ಒತ್ತಡವನ್ನು ಉಂಟುಮಾಡುವುದಿಲ್ಲ. ಅರ್ಜಿದಾರರಿಗಿಂತ ಕಡಿಮೆ ಉದ್ಯೋಗಗಳು ಇರುತ್ತವೆ; ವೈದ್ಯಕೀಯ ಆರೈಕೆಯ ಅಗತ್ಯವಿರುವ ರೋಗಿಗಳಿಗೆ ಹೋಲಿಸಿದರೆ ಆರೋಗ್ಯ ಕಾರ್ಯಕರ್ತರು ಕಡಿಮೆ ಇರುತ್ತಾರೆ, ಇತ್ಯಾದಿ.

ಈ ರೀತಿಯಾಗಿ ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ, ಸಾರಿಗೆ, ಬಳಕೆ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿ ಎಲ್ಲ ಕ್ಷೇತ್ರಗಳಲ್ಲೂ ಪರಿಸ್ಥಿತಿ ಹೆಚ್ಚು ಕಡಿಮೆ ಒಂದೇ ಆಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ. ಇದಲ್ಲದೆ, ಬೃಹತ್ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ನೀರು, ಆಹಾರ, ಇಂಧನ, ಇತ್ಯಾದಿಗಳಂತಹ ಅಗತ್ಯ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳನ್ನು ಸಹ ಬಳಸುತ್ತದೆ. ಇದರ ಪರಿಣಾಮವಾಗಿ, ಈ ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳು ಶೀಘ್ರದಲ್ಲೇ ಬಳಲಿಕೆಯ ಕಡೆಗೆ ಹೋಗುತ್ತವೆ, ದುಃಖಕರವೆಂದರೆ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ಹೆಚ್ಚುತ್ತಿರುವ ಅದೇ ದರದಲ್ಲಿ. ನಾವು ನಮ್ಮದೇ ಆದದನ್ನು ಉತ್ಪಾದಿಸಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ. ನೈಸರ್ಗಿಕ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ.

ಭಾರತ, ಚೀನಾ, ಶ್ರೀಲಂಕಾ ಮುಂತಾದ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಶೀಲ ರಾಷ್ಟ್ರಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಪರಿಸ್ಥಿತಿ ಕೆಟ್ಟದಾಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ, ಪಾಕಿಸ್ತಾನ ಮತ್ತು ಆಫ್ರಿಕಾದ ದೇಶಗಳಾದ ಅಂಗೋಲಾ, ಬುರುಂಡಿ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿಗಳನ್ನು ಉಲ್ಲೇಖಿಸಬಾರದು.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನ – ಭಾರತ

ಪ್ರಸ್ತುತ ಭಾರತದ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ಸುಮಾರು 1.36 ಬಿಲಿಯನ್ ಆಗಿದೆ. ಇದು ಚೀನಾದ ನಂತರ ವಿಶ್ವದ ಎರಡನೇ ಅತಿ ಹೆಚ್ಚು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆ ಹೊಂದಿರುವ ದೇಶವಾಗಿ ಭಾರತವನ್ನು ಇರಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದರ ಬೆಳೆಯುತ್ತಿರುವ ಆವೇಗದೊಂದಿಗೆ 2022 ರಲ್ಲಿ ಚೀನಾವನ್ನು ಮೀರಿಸುವ ಹೆಚ್ಚಿನ ಸಾಮರ್ಥ್ಯವನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಿದೆ.

ಭಾರತವು ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಶೀಲ ರಾಷ್ಟ್ರವಾಗಿದ್ದು, 2019 ರಲ್ಲಿ ಪ್ರಕಟವಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯ ಪ್ರಕಾರ ಮಾನವ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಸೂಚ್ಯಂಕದ ಮಧ್ಯಮ ವರ್ಗದಲ್ಲಿ ಬರುತ್ತದೆ. ಅತ್ಯಂತ ವೇಗವಾಗಿ ಬೆಳೆಯುತ್ತಿರುವ ವಿಶ್ವ ಆರ್ಥಿಕತೆಯ ಅಂಚಿನಲ್ಲಿದ್ದರೂ, ಭಾರತವು ಬಡತನ, ಹಸಿವು, ನಿರುದ್ಯೋಗ ಮತ್ತು ಭ್ರಷ್ಟಾಚಾರ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸೆಟೆದುಕೊಂಡಿದೆ.

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯಲ್ಲಿನ ಅನಿಯಂತ್ರಿತ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯು ಪರಿಸ್ಥಿತಿಯನ್ನು ಇನ್ನಷ್ಟು ಹದಗೆಡಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಎಂಬ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ಗುರುತಿಸಿ, ಭಾರತ ಸರ್ಕಾರವು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುತ್ತದೆ, ಅದರ ಸಂಪೂರ್ಣ ಬದ್ಧತೆಯನ್ನು ತೋರಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.

ಸರ್ಕಾರವು ಎನ್‌ಜಿಒಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಸ್ಥಳೀಯ ಆಡಳಿತ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಗಳೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸಮನ್ವಯತೆಯೊಂದಿಗೆ ತಳಮಟ್ಟದ ಜನರೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸಂಪರ್ಕದಲ್ಲಿರುತ್ತದೆ. ಜೀವನದ ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟ ಮತ್ತು ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಲಭ್ಯತೆಯ ಮೇಲೆ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಪ್ರಭಾವದ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜನರಿಗೆ ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ ನೀಡಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಕಾರ್ಯಕರ್ತರು ಮತ್ತು ಸ್ವಯಂಸೇವಕರು ಜನರಿಗೆ ಗರ್ಭನಿರೋಧಕ ಮತ್ತು ಕುಟುಂಬ ಯೋಜನೆಗೆ ಸಂಬಂಧಿಸಿದ ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ ಸಾಮಗ್ರಿಗಳನ್ನು ವಿತರಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ.

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯು ಒಂದು ಪ್ರಮುಖ ವಿಷಯವಾಗಿದ್ದು, ಪ್ರಪಂಚವು ತಕ್ಷಣವೇ ಕಾಂಕ್ರೀಟ್ ಕ್ರಮಗಳನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊಳ್ಳಬೇಕು. ಇನ್ನೂ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಶೀಲ ಹಂತದಲ್ಲಿರುವ ಭಾರತದಂತಹ ದೇಶಗಳು ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಹೊಂದಿದ ರಾಷ್ಟ್ರಗಳ ಲೀಗ್‌ಗೆ ಸೇರಲು ಬಯಸಿದರೆ ಈ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಯನ್ನು ಹೆಚ್ಚು ಗಂಭೀರವಾಗಿ ಪರಿಗಣಿಸಬೇಕಾಗಿದೆ.

ಪ್ರಬಂಧ 3 (600 ಪದಗಳು)

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದರ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಯ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಮತ್ತು ಅದರ ಪರಿಣಾಮಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜಾಗೃತಿ ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಪ್ರತಿ ವರ್ಷ ಜುಲೈ 11 ರಂದು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯಿಂದಾಗಿ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಮೇಲೆ ಹೆಚ್ಚುತ್ತಿರುವ ಒತ್ತಡದ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜನರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಮತ್ತು ಕುಟುಂಬ ಯೋಜನೆ ಮುಂತಾದ ಪ್ರಮುಖ ಕ್ರಮಗಳನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಇದನ್ನು ಜಾಗತಿಕವಾಗಿ ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ರಮದ ಆಡಳಿತ ಮಂಡಳಿಯು 1989 ರಲ್ಲಿ ಸ್ಥಾಪಿಸಿತು. ಅದರ ಆರಂಭದ ದಿನಾಂಕ ಜುಲೈ 11, 1987, ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ಐದು ಬಿಲಿಯನ್ ತಲುಪಿದಾಗ. ಇದು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದರ ಪ್ರಭಾವದ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜಾಗೃತಿ ಮೂಡಿಸುವ ಸಲುವಾಗಿ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಸ್ಥಾಪಿಸಲಾಯಿತು.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನಾಚರಣೆಯನ್ನು ಡಾ.ಕೆ.ಸಿ. 1971 ರಿಂದ 1987 ರವರೆಗೆ ವಿಶ್ವ ಬ್ಯಾಂಕ್‌ನಲ್ಲಿ ಹಿರಿಯ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾಶಾಸ್ತ್ರಜ್ಞರಾಗಿ ಸೇವೆ ಸಲ್ಲಿಸಿದ ಜಕಾರಿಯಾ. ಡಾ. ಜಕಾರಿಯಾ ಅವರು ಭಾರತದ ಕೇರಳ ರಾಜ್ಯದಿಂದ ಬಂದವರು ಮತ್ತು ಪ್ರಸ್ತುತ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಅಧ್ಯಯನ ಕೇಂದ್ರದಲ್ಲಿ ಗೌರವ ಪ್ರಾಧ್ಯಾಪಕರಾಗಿ ಕಾರ್ಯನಿರ್ವಹಿಸುತ್ತಿದ್ದಾರೆ.

ಈ ಘಟನೆಯ ಮತ್ತಷ್ಟು ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯಲ್ಲಿ, ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ಸಾಮಾನ್ಯ ಸಭೆಯು ಡಿಸೆಂಬರ್ 1990 ರಲ್ಲಿ 45/126 ನಿರ್ಣಯವನ್ನು ಅಂಗೀಕರಿಸಿತು, ಪ್ರತಿ ವರ್ಷ ಜುಲೈ 11 ಅನ್ನು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನಾಗಿ ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಗುವುದು ಎಂದು ಘೋಷಿಸಿತು.

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಪ್ರಪಂಚದ ಗಮನವನ್ನು ತರಲು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಪ್ರಾರಂಭಿಸಲಾಯಿತು, ನಿರಂತರ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯು ನಮ್ಮ ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುವ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳನ್ನು ಹೇಗೆ ಹರಿಸುತ್ತವೆ. ಪ್ರಪಂಚದಾದ್ಯಂತದ ಜನರು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಸ್ಫೋಟದ ಪರಿಣಾಮಗಳನ್ನು ಅರಿತುಕೊಳ್ಳುತ್ತಾರೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದರ ತಡೆಗಟ್ಟುವಿಕೆಗಾಗಿ ಕುಟುಂಬ ಯೋಜನೆ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿಗಳಂತಹ ವಿವಿಧ ವಿಧಾನಗಳನ್ನು ಅಳವಡಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳುತ್ತಾರೆ ಎಂಬುದು ವೀಕ್ಷಣೆಯ ತಿರುಳಾಗಿದೆ.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ವಾರ್ಷಿಕವಾಗಿ ಸುಮಾರು 83 ಮಿಲಿಯನ್ ದರದಲ್ಲಿ ಬೆಳೆಯುತ್ತಿದೆ. ವಿಷಯಗಳನ್ನು ಹಾಗೆಯೇ ಬಿಟ್ಟರೂ ಮತ್ತು ಫಲವತ್ತತೆ ದರವು ಇಳಿಮುಖವಾಗಿದ್ದರೂ, 2030 ರ ವೇಳೆಗೆ ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯು ಇನ್ನೂ 8.6 ಬಿಲಿಯನ್ ಆಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ, ಆರೋಗ್ಯ, ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ ಮತ್ತು ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುವ ಇತರ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಮೇಲೆ ಅವಲಂಬಿತವಾಗಿದೆ. ಹೆಚ್ಚಿನ ಒತ್ತಡವನ್ನು ಉಂಟುಮಾಡುತ್ತದೆ. 2030 ವಿಶ್ವವು ಸುಸ್ಥಿರ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಗುರಿಗಳನ್ನು (SDGs) ತಲುಪಲು ನಿರ್ಧರಿಸಿದ ವರ್ಷವಾಗಿದೆ. ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯು ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನದ ಮೂಲಕ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯಿಂದ ಉಂಟಾಗುವ ಈ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜಾಗೃತಿ ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಪ್ರಯತ್ನಿಸುತ್ತಿದೆ.

ಪ್ರಪಂಚದ ಅವಲೋಕನ

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವನ್ನು ಪ್ರಪಂಚದಾದ್ಯಂತ ಆಚರಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ, ಇದರ ಉದ್ದೇಶವು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದನ್ನು ಎದುರಿಸಲು ಸನ್ನದ್ಧತೆಯ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಜನರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸುವುದು. ಅದರ ಅನೇಕ ಏಜೆನ್ಸಿಗಳೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸಮನ್ವಯದಲ್ಲಿ, ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯು ವಿಶ್ವ ನಾಯಕರೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸಂಪರ್ಕದಲ್ಲಿರುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅವರೆಲ್ಲರನ್ನೂ ಒಟ್ಟಿಗೆ ತರಲು ಪ್ರಯತ್ನಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.

ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಿಗಾಗಿ ವಿಶ್ವಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯ ನಿಧಿ – UNPFA (ಈಗ ಯುನೈಟೆಡ್ ನೇಷನ್ಸ್ ಪಾಪ್ಯುಲೇಶನ್ ಫಂಡ್ – UNPF) ಘಟನೆಗಳ ಮೇಲ್ವಿಚಾರಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಕ್ರಿಯವಾಗಿ ಭಾಗವಹಿಸುತ್ತದೆ. ಇದು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯ ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ರಮಗಳಿಗೆ ಬಳಸಬೇಕಾದ ಹಣವನ್ನು ಸಂಗ್ರಹಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ನಿರ್ವಹಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.

ಉನ್ನತ ಮಟ್ಟದ ಸಮ್ಮೇಳನಗಳನ್ನು ಪ್ರಪಂಚದಾದ್ಯಂತದ ಪ್ರಮುಖ ಸ್ಥಳಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ನಡೆಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ, ಅಲ್ಲಿ ಭವಿಷ್ಯದ ಭವಿಷ್ಯವನ್ನು ಚರ್ಚಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಮಾಲಿನ್ಯ, ಆರೋಗ್ಯ, ಶಿಕ್ಷಣ, ನಿರುದ್ಯೋಗ, ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲ ಲಭ್ಯತೆ, ಬಡತನ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿ ಅಂಶಗಳ ಮೇಲೆ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯ ಪ್ರಭಾವದಂತಹ ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳನ್ನು ಚರ್ಚಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ. ನಿರಂತರ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ಸ್ಫೋಟವು ಪ್ರಪಂಚದ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಗೆ ಎಲ್ಲಿಯೂ ಇಲ್ಲದಿರುವುದು ಉತ್ತಮ ಎಂಬ ಸಂದೇಶವನ್ನು ಸಾರ್ವಜನಿಕರಿಗೆ ಕಳುಹಿಸುವುದು ವೀಕ್ಷಣೆಯ ಮುಖ್ಯ ಉದ್ದೇಶವಾಗಿದೆ. ಜನರು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿರುವ ಎಲ್ಲ ರೀತಿಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಹಾಯ ಮಾಡುತ್ತಾರೆ ಮತ್ತು ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಬೆಳವಣಿಗೆಯನ್ನು ಕಡಿಮೆ ಮಾಡಲು ಕುಟುಂಬ ಯೋಜನೆಯನ್ನು ಮಾಡಲು ಪ್ರೇರೇಪಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ.

ಅನೇಕ ಎನ್‌ಜಿಒಗಳು ಈ ಪ್ರಕ್ರಿಯೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಕ್ರಿಯವಾಗಿ ಪಾಲ್ಗೊಳ್ಳುತ್ತವೆ, ಇದರಲ್ಲಿ ಜನರು ಮಾತುಕತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಬೀದಿ ಪ್ರದರ್ಶನಗಳ ಮೂಲಕ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯೆಯ ಪರಿಣಾಮಗಳ ಬಗ್ಗೆ ತಿಳಿದುಕೊಳ್ಳುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಉಚಿತ ಕರಪತ್ರಗಳು, ಟೆಂಪ್ಲೇಟ್‌ಗಳು, ಕಿರುಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಗರ್ಭನಿರೋಧಕಗಳು ಇತ್ಯಾದಿಗಳನ್ನು ಸಾರ್ವಜನಿಕರಿಗೆ ಉಚಿತವಾಗಿ ವಿತರಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಜನರಿಗೆ ಅರಿವು ಮತ್ತು ಅರಿವು ಮೂಡಿಸಲು ಸರ್ಕಾರಿ ಯಂತ್ರವು ತನ್ನ ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುವ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳನ್ನು ಬಳಸುತ್ತದೆ.

ವಿಶ್ವ ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ದಿನವು ಭೂಮಿಯ ಮೇಲಿನ ಜೀವನದ ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟಕ್ಕೆ ನೇರವಾಗಿ ಸಂಬಂಧಿಸಿದ ಒಂದು ಪ್ರಮುಖ ವಿಷಯವನ್ನು ತಿಳಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅದನ್ನು ಎಲ್ಲಾ ರಾಷ್ಟ್ರಗಳು ಪೂರ್ಣ ಭಾಗವಹಿಸುವಿಕೆಯೊಂದಿಗೆ ಆಚರಿಸಬೇಕು. ಜನಸಂಖ್ಯಾ ಸ್ಫೋಟವು ನಮ್ಮ ಸಂಪನ್ಮೂಲಗಳ ಮೇಲೆ ಅಪಾರ ಒತ್ತಡವನ್ನು ಉಂಟುಮಾಡುತ್ತದೆ, ಅದು ನಮ್ಮನ್ನು ವಂಚಿತಗೊಳಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಅಥವಾ ನಮ್ಮ ಜೀವನದ ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟವನ್ನು ಹದಗೆಡಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”ml”]

ആഗോള ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ചയെക്കുറിച്ചും അത് സമ്പദ്‌വ്യവസ്ഥയെയും വികസനത്തെയും എങ്ങനെ ബാധിക്കുന്നു എന്നതിനെക്കുറിച്ചും പൊതുജനങ്ങളെ ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കാനും ബോധവൽക്കരിക്കാനും ലോകമെമ്പാടുമുള്ള പല രാജ്യങ്ങളും ജൂലൈ 11 ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനമായി ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നു. ഇവിടെ അവതരിപ്പിച്ചിരിക്കുന്ന ഇനിപ്പറയുന്ന ഉപന്യാസങ്ങൾ ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനത്തെക്കുറിച്ചുള്ള വിശദമായ വിവരങ്ങൾ നിങ്ങൾക്ക് നൽകും.

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനത്തെക്കുറിച്ചുള്ള ഹ്രസ്വവും ദീർഘവുമായ ഉപന്യാസം മലയാളത്തിൽ

ഉപന്യാസം 1 (250 വാക്കുകൾ).

ജനസംഖ്യാ വിസ്ഫോടനത്തെക്കുറിച്ചുള്ള അവബോധം സൃഷ്ടിക്കുന്നതിനും ആഗോള തലത്തിൽ അതിലേക്ക് ശ്രദ്ധ ആകർഷിക്കുന്നതിനുമായി ജൂലൈ 11 ന് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ലോകമെമ്പാടും ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നു.

എന്തുകൊണ്ടാണ് അത് നിരീക്ഷിക്കപ്പെടുന്നത് ?

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആചരിക്കേണ്ടതിന്റെ ആവശ്യകത ആദ്യമായി പ്രകടിപ്പിച്ചത് 1989-ൽ ഐക്യരാഷ്ട്രസഭയുടെ ഭരണസമിതിയാണ്; 1987 ജൂലൈ 11 ന് രണ്ട് വർഷത്തിന് ശേഷം, ആഗോള ജനസംഖ്യ ഏകദേശം 5 ബില്യണിലെത്തി.

അതിനാൽ, 1990 ഡിസംബറിൽ യുഎൻ ജനറൽ അസംബ്ലി 45/261 പ്രമേയം പാസാക്കി, അത് ജൂലൈ 11 വാർഷിക ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനമായി നിശ്ചയിച്ചു.

അനിയന്ത്രിതമായ ജനസംഖ്യാ വർദ്ധനവ് മൂലമുണ്ടാകുന്ന പ്രശ്നങ്ങളിലേക്ക് ലോകത്തിന്റെ ശ്രദ്ധ ആകർഷിക്കുകയും അവ തടയുന്നതിന് ആവശ്യമായ കൂട്ടായ നടപടികൾ കൈക്കൊള്ളുകയും ചെയ്യുക എന്നതാണ് ഈ ദിനത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന ലക്ഷ്യം. ദാരിദ്ര്യം, തൊഴിലില്ലായ്മ, മാനുഷിക ഗുണനിലവാര സൂചിക തുടങ്ങിയ പ്രശ്നങ്ങൾ ജനസംഖ്യയുമായി നേരിട്ട് ബന്ധപ്പെട്ടിരിക്കുന്നു.

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനത്തിൽ എങ്ങനെ പങ്കെടുക്കാം ?

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനത്തിൽ പങ്കെടുക്കാനുള്ള ഏറ്റവും നല്ല മാർഗം ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ചയുടെ പ്രത്യാഘാതങ്ങളെക്കുറിച്ച് ആളുകളെ ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കുകയും കുടുംബാസൂത്രണത്തെക്കുറിച്ചും ജനസംഖ്യാ നിയന്ത്രണത്തിന്റെ മറ്റ് പൊതു രീതികളെക്കുറിച്ചും അവരെ ബോധവത്കരിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യും.

ഇക്കാര്യത്തിൽ പ്രവർത്തിക്കുന്ന ഏതെങ്കിലും എൻജിഒയിൽ ചേരുകയോ അല്ലെങ്കിൽ നിങ്ങളുടെ പ്രദേശത്ത് സന്നദ്ധസേവനം നടത്തുകയോ ചെയ്യാം. പൊതുജനങ്ങളിലേക്ക് അവബോധവും വിദ്യാഭ്യാസവും പ്രചരിപ്പിക്കുന്നതിന് ലഭ്യമായ എല്ലാ സോഷ്യൽ മീഡിയ പ്ലാറ്റ്‌ഫോമുകളുടെയും സഹായവും നിങ്ങൾക്ക് സ്വീകരിക്കാം.

അനിയന്ത്രിതമായ ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ച വിഭവ ലഭ്യതയെ വളരെയധികം പരിമിതപ്പെടുത്തുകയും ജീവിത നിലവാരത്തെ ഗുരുതരമായി ബാധിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുന്നു. ഇക്കാര്യത്തിൽ ആവശ്യമായ കൂട്ടായതും വ്യക്തിഗതവുമായ നടപടികൾ കൈക്കൊള്ളേണ്ടത് കാലഘട്ടത്തിന്റെ ആവശ്യം മാത്രമല്ല, ലോകത്തിലെ മറ്റ് രാജ്യങ്ങളുടെ ഉത്തരവാദിത്തവുമാണ്.

ഉപന്യാസം 3 (400 വാക്കുകൾ)

ഐക്യരാഷ്ട്രസഭയുടെ നേതൃത്വത്തിൽ എല്ലാ വർഷവും ജൂലൈ 11 ന് ലോകം ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നു. 1991 ജൂലൈ 11 നാണ് ആദ്യത്തെ ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആചരിച്ചത്.

“ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം” ആചരിക്കേണ്ടത് എന്തുകൊണ്ട് ?

നിലവിലെ ലോക ജനസംഖ്യ 2020 ന്റെ ആദ്യ പാദത്തിൽ 7.8 ബില്യൺ ആണ്, ആഗോള ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ച ഓരോ വർഷവും ഏകദേശം 83 ദശലക്ഷമാണ്. ഈ നിരക്കിൽ ലോകജനസംഖ്യ 2030-ഓടെ 8.6 ബില്യണും 2050-ഓടെ 9.8 ബില്യണും നൂറ്റാണ്ടിന്റെ അവസാനത്തോടെ 11.2 ബില്ല്യണും ആകുമെന്ന് പ്രതീക്ഷിക്കുന്നു.

ജനസംഖ്യയിലെ ഈ വർദ്ധനവ്, ലഭ്യമായ വിഭവങ്ങളുടെ ബാഹുല്യം അതേപടി തുടരുന്നു എന്നതിന് പുറമെ, രണ്ടാമത്തേതിൽ ഒരു ബുദ്ധിമുട്ട് ഉണ്ടാക്കുകയല്ലാതെ മറ്റൊന്നും ഉണ്ടാക്കില്ല. അപേക്ഷകരേക്കാൾ വളരെ കുറച്ച് ജോലികൾ മാത്രമേ ഉണ്ടാകൂ; വൈദ്യസഹായം ആവശ്യമുള്ള രോഗികളുമായി താരതമ്യപ്പെടുത്തുമ്പോൾ ആരോഗ്യ പ്രവർത്തകർ കുറവായിരിക്കും.

ഇതുവഴി വിദ്യാഭ്യാസം, ഗതാഗതം, ഉപഭോഗം, തുടങ്ങി എല്ലാ മേഖലകളിലും സ്ഥിതി ഏറെക്കുറെ സമാനമായിരിക്കും. കൂടാതെ, വലിയ ജനസംഖ്യ ജലം, ഭക്ഷണം, ഇന്ധനം തുടങ്ങിയ അവശ്യ വിഭവങ്ങളും വലിയ അളവിൽ ഉപയോഗിക്കും. തൽഫലമായി, ഈ വിഭവങ്ങളെല്ലാം താമസിയാതെ തീർന്നുപോകും, ​​സങ്കടകരമെന്നു പറയട്ടെ, ജനസംഖ്യ വർദ്ധിക്കുന്ന അതേ നിരക്കിൽ. നമുക്ക് ഉത്പാദിപ്പിക്കാൻ കഴിയില്ല. സ്വന്തം പ്രകൃതി വിഭവങ്ങൾ.

ഇന്ത്യ, ചൈന, ശ്രീലങ്ക തുടങ്ങിയ വികസ്വര രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ സ്ഥിതി കൂടുതൽ മോശമായിരിക്കും, പാകിസ്ഥാൻ, ആഫ്രിക്കൻ രാജ്യങ്ങളായ അംഗോള, ബുറുണ്ടി മുതലായവ വളരെ വികസിത രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ പരാമർശിക്കേണ്ടതില്ല.

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം – ഇന്ത്യ

ഇന്ത്യയിലെ ഇപ്പോഴത്തെ ജനസംഖ്യ ഏകദേശം 1.36 ബില്യൺ ആണ്. ഇത് ചൈനയ്ക്ക് ശേഷം ലോകത്തിലെ ഏറ്റവും ജനസംഖ്യയുള്ള രണ്ടാമത്തെ രാജ്യമായി ഇന്ത്യയെ പ്രതിഷ്ഠിക്കുന്നു, വളരുന്ന വേഗതയിൽ 2022-ലും ചൈനയെ മറികടക്കാനുള്ള ഉയർന്ന സാധ്യതയുണ്ട്.

2019-ൽ പ്രസിദ്ധീകരിച്ച ഡാറ്റ പ്രകാരം മാനവ വികസന സൂചികയുടെ ഇടത്തരം വിഭാഗത്തിൽ പെടുന്ന ഒരു വികസ്വര രാജ്യമാണ് ഇന്ത്യ. അതിവേഗം വളരുന്ന ലോക സമ്പദ്‌വ്യവസ്ഥയായി മാറുന്നതിന്റെ വക്കിലാണെങ്കിലും, ദാരിദ്ര്യം, പട്ടിണി, തൊഴിലില്ലായ്മ, അഴിമതി തുടങ്ങിയ പ്രശ്‌നങ്ങളുമായി ഇന്ത്യ പിടിമുറുക്കുന്നു.

ജനസംഖ്യയിലെ അനിയന്ത്രിതമായ വളർച്ച സ്ഥിതിഗതികൾ കൂടുതൽ വഷളാക്കുകയേയുള്ളൂ എന്ന വസ്തുത തിരിച്ചറിഞ്ഞ്, ഇന്ത്യൻ സർക്കാർ ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നു, അതോടൊപ്പം അതിന്റെ പൂർണ്ണ പ്രതിബദ്ധതയും കാണിക്കുന്നു.

എൻജിഒകളുമായും തദ്ദേശ ഭരണ സ്ഥാപനങ്ങളുമായും ഏകോപിപ്പിച്ച് താഴെത്തട്ടിലുള്ള ജനങ്ങളുമായി സർക്കാർ സമ്പർക്കം പുലർത്തുന്നു. ജീവിത നിലവാരത്തിലും വിഭവങ്ങളുടെ ലഭ്യതയിലും ജനസംഖ്യയുടെ സ്വാധീനത്തെക്കുറിച്ച് ആളുകളെ ബോധവൽക്കരിക്കുന്നു. പ്രവർത്തകരും സന്നദ്ധപ്രവർത്തകരും ഗര്ഭനിരോധനവും കുടുംബാസൂത്രണവുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട വിദ്യാഭ്യാസ സാമഗ്രികൾ ജനങ്ങൾക്ക് വിതരണം ചെയ്യുന്നു.

ലോകം ഉടനടി കൃത്യമായ നടപടികൾ കൈക്കൊള്ളേണ്ട ഒരു പ്രധാന പ്രശ്നമാണ് ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ച. ഇന്ത്യയെപ്പോലുള്ള രാജ്യങ്ങൾ, ഇപ്പോഴും വികസ്വര ഘട്ടത്തിൽ, വികസിത രാജ്യങ്ങളുടെ ലീഗിൽ ചേരണമെങ്കിൽ ഈ വിഷയം കൂടുതൽ ഗൗരവമായി കാണേണ്ടതുണ്ട്.

ഉപന്യാസം 3 (600 വാക്കുകൾ)

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യയെക്കുറിച്ചും അതിന്റെ വികസനത്തെക്കുറിച്ചും ബോധവൽക്കരിക്കാനും അതിന്റെ പ്രത്യാഘാതങ്ങളെക്കുറിച്ച് അവബോധം വളർത്താനും എല്ലാ വർഷവും ജൂലൈ 11 ന് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നു. ജനസംഖ്യാപരമായ വിഭവങ്ങളിൽ വർദ്ധിച്ചുവരുന്ന സമ്മർദ്ദത്തെക്കുറിച്ച് ജനങ്ങളെ ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കുന്നതിനും കുടുംബാസൂത്രണം പോലുള്ള സുപ്രധാന നടപടികൾ കൈക്കൊള്ളുന്നതിനുമാണ് ആഗോളതലത്തിൽ ഇത് ആഘോഷിക്കുന്നത്.

ഇൻസ്റ്റിറ്റ്യൂട്ട്

യുണൈറ്റഡ് നേഷൻസ് ഡെവലപ്‌മെന്റ് പ്രോഗ്രാമിന്റെ ഗവേണിംഗ് കൗൺസിൽ 1989-ലാണ് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം സ്ഥാപിച്ചത്. അതിന്റെ ആരംഭ തീയതി 1987 ജൂലൈ 11 ആയിരുന്നു, ലോക ജനസംഖ്യ അഞ്ച് ബില്യണിലെത്തിയപ്പോൾ. ജനസംഖ്യാ വർധനയെക്കുറിച്ചും അതിന്റെ സ്വാധീനത്തെക്കുറിച്ചും അവബോധം കൊണ്ടുവരുന്നതിനാണ് ഇത് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനമായി സ്ഥാപിതമായത്.

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം നിർദേശിച്ചത് ഡോ.കെ.സി. 1971 മുതൽ 1987 വരെ ലോകബാങ്കിൽ സീനിയർ ഡെമോഗ്രാഫറായി സേവനമനുഷ്ഠിച്ചിട്ടുണ്ട് സക്കറിയ. ഇന്ത്യയിലെ കേരള സംസ്ഥാനത്തിൽ നിന്നുള്ള ഡോ. സക്കറിയ ഇപ്പോൾ സെന്റർ ഫോർ ഡെവലപ്‌മെന്റ് സ്റ്റഡീസിൽ ഓണററി പ്രൊഫസറായി ജോലി ചെയ്യുന്നു.

സംഭവത്തിന്റെ കൂടുതൽ വികാസമായി, എല്ലാ വർഷവും ജൂലൈ 11 ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനമായി ആചരിക്കുമെന്ന് പ്രഖ്യാപിച്ചുകൊണ്ട് 1990 ഡിസംബറിൽ യുഎൻ ജനറൽ അസംബ്ലി 45/126 പ്രമേയം പാസാക്കി.

തുടർച്ചയായ ജനസംഖ്യാ വർധനവ് നമ്മുടെ ലഭ്യമായ വിഭവങ്ങൾ എങ്ങനെ ചോർത്തിക്കളയും, ജനസംഖ്യാ പ്രശ്‌നങ്ങളിലേക്ക് ലോകത്തിന്റെ ശ്രദ്ധ കൊണ്ടുവരുന്നതിനാണ് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ആരംഭിച്ചത്. ലോകമെമ്പാടുമുള്ള ആളുകൾ ജനസംഖ്യാ വിസ്ഫോടനത്തിന്റെ അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ തിരിച്ചറിയുകയും അതിന്റെ പ്രതിരോധത്തിനായി കുടുംബാസൂത്രണം മുതലായ വിവിധ മാർഗങ്ങൾ സ്വീകരിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുന്നത് നിരീക്ഷണത്തിന്റെ കാതലാണ്.

ലോകജനസംഖ്യ പ്രതിവർഷം 83 ദശലക്ഷം എന്ന തോതിൽ വളരുകയാണ്. കാര്യങ്ങൾ അങ്ങനെ തന്നെ പോകുകയും ഫെർട്ടിലിറ്റി നിരക്ക് കുറയുകയും ചെയ്‌താലും, ലോകജനസംഖ്യ 2030 ആകുമ്പോഴേക്കും 8.6 ബില്യൺ ആകും, ആരോഗ്യ സംരക്ഷണം, വിദ്യാഭ്യാസം, ലഭ്യമായ മറ്റ് വിഭവങ്ങൾ എന്നിവയെ ആശ്രയിച്ചിരിക്കും. വളരെയധികം സമ്മർദ്ദം ചെലുത്തും. സുസ്ഥിര വികസന ലക്ഷ്യങ്ങളിൽ (എസ്ഡിജി) എത്താൻ ലോകം തീരുമാനിച്ച വർഷം കൂടിയാണ് 2030. ജനസംഖ്യാ വർദ്ധനയുടെ ഫലമായി ഉണ്ടാകുന്ന ഈ വിഷയങ്ങളിൽ അവബോധം സൃഷ്ടിക്കാനാണ് ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനത്തിലൂടെ ഐക്യരാഷ്ട്രസഭ ശ്രമിക്കുന്നത്.

ലോകത്തിന്റെ അവലോകനം

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ലോകമെമ്പാടും ആഘോഷിക്കപ്പെടുന്നു, അതിന്റെ ഉദ്ദേശ്യം ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ചയെക്കുറിച്ചും അത് നേരിടാനുള്ള സന്നദ്ധതയെക്കുറിച്ചും ജനങ്ങളെ ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കാനാണ്. അതിന്റെ പല ഏജൻസികളുമായും ഏകോപിപ്പിച്ച്, ഐക്യരാഷ്ട്രസഭ ലോക നേതാക്കളുമായി സമ്പർക്കം പുലർത്തുന്നു, കാരണം അവരെയെല്ലാം ഒരുമിച്ച് കൊണ്ടുവരാൻ ശ്രമിക്കുന്നു.

ജനസംഖ്യാ പ്രവർത്തനങ്ങൾക്കായുള്ള യുണൈറ്റഡ് നേഷൻസ് ഫണ്ട് – യുഎൻപിഎഫ്എ (ഇപ്പോൾ യുണൈറ്റഡ് നേഷൻസ് പോപ്പുലേഷൻ ഫണ്ട് – യുഎൻപിഎഫ്) സംഭവങ്ങൾ നിരീക്ഷിക്കുന്നതിൽ സജീവമായി പങ്കെടുക്കുന്നു. ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ചാ പരിപാടികൾക്കായി ഉപയോഗിക്കേണ്ട ഫണ്ടുകൾ ഇത് ശേഖരിക്കുകയും കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുകയും ചെയ്യുന്നു.

ഭാവി സാധ്യതകൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്യപ്പെടുന്ന ലോകമെമ്പാടുമുള്ള പ്രധാന സ്ഥലങ്ങളിൽ ഉന്നതതല സമ്മേളനങ്ങൾ നടക്കുന്നു. മലിനീകരണം, ആരോഗ്യ സംരക്ഷണം, വിദ്യാഭ്യാസം, തൊഴിലില്ലായ്മ, വിഭവ ലഭ്യത, ദാരിദ്ര്യം തുടങ്ങിയ ഘടകങ്ങളിൽ ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ചയുടെ സ്വാധീനം പോലുള്ള വിഷയങ്ങൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്യപ്പെടുന്നു. തുടർച്ചയായ ജനസംഖ്യാ വിസ്ഫോടനം ലോകത്തിന്റെ വികസനത്തിന് എവിടെയും ഇല്ലാത്തതിനേക്കാൾ നല്ലതാണെന്ന് പൊതുജനങ്ങൾക്ക് സന്ദേശം നൽകുക എന്നതാണ് നിരീക്ഷണത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന ലക്ഷ്യം. സാധ്യമായ എല്ലാ വഴികളിലും ആളുകളെ സഹായിക്കുകയും ജനസംഖ്യാ വളർച്ച കുറയ്ക്കാൻ കുടുംബാസൂത്രണം ചെയ്യാൻ പ്രേരിപ്പിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുന്നു.

നിരവധി എൻ‌ജി‌ഒകളും ഈ പ്രക്രിയയിൽ സജീവ പങ്കാളിത്തം വഹിക്കുന്നു, സംഭാഷണങ്ങളിലൂടെയും തെരുവ് ഷോകളിലൂടെയും ജനസംഖ്യയുടെ പ്രത്യാഘാതങ്ങളെക്കുറിച്ച് ആളുകൾ മനസ്സിലാക്കുന്നു. സൗജന്യ ബ്രോഷറുകൾ, ടെംപ്ലേറ്റുകൾ, ബുക്ക്‌ലെറ്റുകൾ, ഗർഭനിരോധന മാർഗ്ഗങ്ങൾ മുതലായവ പൊതുജനങ്ങൾക്ക് സൗജന്യമായി വിതരണം ചെയ്യുന്നു. ജനങ്ങളെ ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കുന്നതിനും ബോധവാന്മാരാക്കുന്നതിനും സർക്കാർ സംവിധാനങ്ങളും ലഭ്യമായ വിഭവങ്ങൾ ഉപയോഗിക്കുന്നു.

ലോക ജനസംഖ്യാ ദിനം ഭൂമിയിലെ ജീവിത നിലവാരവുമായി നേരിട്ട് ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട ഒരു പ്രധാന പ്രശ്നത്തെ അഭിസംബോധന ചെയ്യുന്നു, അത് എല്ലാ രാജ്യങ്ങളുടെയും പൂർണ്ണ പങ്കാളിത്തത്തോടെ ആചരിക്കേണ്ടതാണ്. ജനസംഖ്യാ വിസ്ഫോടനം നമ്മുടെ വിഭവങ്ങളിൽ വലിയ സമ്മർദ്ദം ചെലുത്തുന്നു, അത് ഒന്നുകിൽ നമ്മെ നഷ്ടപ്പെടുത്തുകയോ നമ്മുടെ ജീവിത നിലവാരം മോശമാക്കുകയോ ചെയ്യുന്നു.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”mr”]

जगभरातील अनेक देश जागतिक लोकसंख्या वाढीच्या नवीनतम ट्रेंडबद्दल आणि त्याचा अर्थव्यवस्थेवर आणि विकासावर कसा परिणाम होतो याबद्दल लोकांना जागरूक आणि शिक्षित करण्यासाठी 11 जुलै हा जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस म्हणून साजरा करतात. येथे उपस्थित असलेले खालील निबंध तुम्हाला जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनाविषयी तपशीलवार माहिती प्रदान करतील.

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनावर मराठीत लघु आणि दीर्घ निबंध

    निबंध 1 (250 शब्द)    .

    परिचय    

लोकसंख्येच्या स्फोटाबाबत जागरुकता निर्माण करण्यासाठी आणि जागतिक स्तरावर त्याकडे लक्ष वेधण्यासाठी ११ जुलै रोजी जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन जगभरात साजरा केला जातो.

ते का पाळले जाते ?

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन पाळण्याची गरज सर्वप्रथम संयुक्त राष्ट्रांच्या गव्हर्निंग कौन्सिलने १९८९ मध्ये व्यक्त केली होती; 11 जुलै 1987 नंतर फक्त दोन वर्षांनी, जागतिक लोकसंख्या अंदाजे 5 अब्जांवर पोहोचली.

म्हणून, संयुक्त राष्ट्र महासभेने डिसेंबर 1990 मध्ये ठराव 45/261 पास केला, ज्याने 11 जुलै हा वार्षिक जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस म्हणून निश्चित केला.

अनियंत्रित लोकसंख्या वाढीमुळे निर्माण होणाऱ्या समस्यांकडे जगाचे लक्ष वेधून घेणे आणि त्या रोखण्यासाठी आवश्यक सामूहिक उपाययोजना करणे हा या दिवसाचा मुख्य उद्देश आहे. गरिबी, बेरोजगारी आणि मानवी गुणवत्ता निर्देशांक यासारख्या समस्या थेट लोकसंख्येशी संबंधित आहेत.

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनात सहभागी कसे व्हावे ?

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनामध्ये सहभागी होण्याचा सर्वोत्तम मार्ग म्हणजे लोकांना लोकसंख्या वाढीच्या परिणामांची जाणीव करून देणे आणि त्यांना कुटुंब नियोजन आणि लोकसंख्या नियंत्रणाच्या इतर सामान्य पद्धतींबद्दल शिक्षित करणे.

तुम्ही या संदर्भात काम करणार्‍या कोणत्याही एनजीओमध्ये सामील होऊ शकता किंवा तुमच्या क्षेत्रात स्वयंसेवक म्हणून काम करू शकता. जनसामान्यांपर्यंत जागरूकता आणि शिक्षण पोहोचवण्यासाठी तुम्ही उपलब्ध असलेल्या सर्व सोशल मीडिया प्लॅटफॉर्मची मदत देखील घेऊ शकता.

    निष्कर्ष    

अनियंत्रित लोकसंख्या वाढीमुळे संसाधनांची उपलब्धता मोठ्या प्रमाणात मर्यादित होते आणि जीवनाची गुणवत्ता गंभीरपणे बिघडते. या संदर्भात आवश्यक सामूहिक आणि वैयक्तिक पावले उचलणे ही केवळ काळाची गरज नाही तर जगातील इतर राष्ट्रांचीही जबाबदारी आहे.

    निबंध 3 (400 शब्द)    

दरवर्षी संयुक्त राष्ट्रांच्या मार्गदर्शनाखाली जगभरात ११ जुलै रोजी जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन साजरा केला जातो. पहिला जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस 11 जुलै 1991 रोजी साजरा करण्यात आला.

“जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन” का पाळणे आवश्यक आहे ?

2020 च्या पहिल्या तिमाहीत सध्याची जगाची लोकसंख्या 7.8 अब्ज आहे आणि अंदाजे जागतिक लोकसंख्या वाढ दरवर्षी सुमारे 83 दशलक्ष आहे. या दराने जगाची लोकसंख्या 2030 पर्यंत 8.6 अब्ज, 2050 पर्यंत 9.8 अब्ज आणि शतकाच्या अखेरीस 11.2 अब्जांपर्यंत पोहोचण्याची अपेक्षा आहे.

लोकसंख्येच्या या वाढीमुळे, उपलब्ध साधनसंपत्तीची अधिकता सारखीच राहिली या वस्तुस्थितीशिवाय, नंतरच्या लोकांवर ताण पडण्याशिवाय दुसरे काहीही होणार नाही. अर्जदारांपेक्षा खूप कमी नोकऱ्या असतील; वैद्यकीय सेवेची गरज असलेल्या रुग्णांच्या तुलनेत आरोग्य कर्मचारी देखील कमी असतील.

अशाप्रकारे, शिक्षण, वाहतूक, उपभोग इत्यादी सर्व क्षेत्रांमध्ये परिस्थिती कमी-अधिक प्रमाणात सारखीच असेल. याशिवाय, प्रचंड लोकसंख्या पाणी, अन्न, इंधन इत्यादी आवश्यक संसाधने देखील मोठ्या प्रमाणात वापरेल. परिणामी, ही सर्व संसाधने लवकरच संपुष्टात येतील, दुःखाची गोष्ट म्हणजे ज्या वेगाने लोकसंख्या वाढत आहे. आपण आपले उत्पादन करू शकत नाही. स्वतःची नैसर्गिक संसाधने.

भारत, चीन, श्रीलंका इत्यादी विकसनशील देशांमध्ये परिस्थिती सर्वात वाईट असेल, पाकिस्तान आणि अंगोला, बुरुंडी इत्यादी आफ्रिकन देशांचा उल्लेख करू नका जे खूप कमी विकसित देश आहेत.

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस – भारत

भारताची सध्याची लोकसंख्या सुमारे १.३६ अब्ज आहे. यामुळे भारत हा चीन नंतर जगातील दुसरा सर्वात जास्त लोकसंख्या असलेला देश आहे आणि त्याच्या वाढत्या गतीने 2022 मध्ये चीनला मागे टाकण्याची उच्च क्षमता आहे.

2019 मध्ये प्रकाशित झालेल्या आकडेवारीनुसार भारत हे एक विकसनशील राष्ट्र आहे जे मानवी विकास निर्देशांकाच्या मध्यम श्रेणीमध्ये येते. सर्वात वेगाने वाढणारी जागतिक अर्थव्यवस्था होण्याच्या मार्गावर असूनही, भारत गरिबी, भूक, बेरोजगारी आणि भ्रष्टाचार इत्यादी समस्यांशी झुंजत आहे.

लोकसंख्येतील अनियंत्रित वाढीमुळे परिस्थिती आणखीनच बिघडेल हे सत्य ओळखून, भारत सरकार जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन साजरा करत आहे, तसेच या कारणाप्रती आपली पूर्ण बांधिलकी दर्शवते.

स्वयंसेवी संस्था आणि स्थानिक प्रशासकीय संस्था यांच्या समन्वयाने सरकार तळागाळातील लोकांशी संपर्क ठेवते. लोकसंख्येचा जीवनमान आणि संसाधनांच्या उपलब्धतेवर होणार्‍या प्रभावाबद्दल लोकांना शिक्षित केले जाते. कार्यकर्ते आणि स्वयंसेवक गर्भनिरोधक आणि कुटुंब नियोजनाशी संबंधित शैक्षणिक साहित्य लोकांना वितरित करतात.

लोकसंख्या वाढ हा महत्त्वाचा मुद्दा आहे ज्यावर जगाने तातडीने ठोस पावले उचलली पाहिजेत. भारतासारख्या देशांना, जे अजूनही विकसनशील अवस्थेत आहेत, त्यांना विकसित राष्ट्रांच्या लीगमध्ये सामील व्हायचे असेल तर हा मुद्दा अधिक गांभीर्याने घेणे आवश्यक आहे.

    निबंध 3 (600 शब्द)    

जागतिक लोकसंख्या आणि त्याच्या विकासाबद्दल जागरुकता निर्माण करण्यासाठी आणि त्याचे परिणाम याबद्दल जागरुकता निर्माण करण्यासाठी दरवर्षी 11 जुलै रोजी जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस साजरा केला जातो. लोकसंख्येमुळे संसाधनांवरील वाढत्या ताणाबद्दल लोकांना जागरुक करण्यासाठी आणि कुटुंब नियोजन यांसारखी महत्त्वाची पावले उचलण्यासाठी हा जागतिक स्तरावर साजरा केला जातो.

    संस्था    

संयुक्त राष्ट्र विकास कार्यक्रमाच्या गव्हर्निंग कौन्सिलने 1989 मध्ये जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनाची स्थापना केली. त्याची सुरुवातीची तारीख 11 जुलै 1987 होती, जेव्हा जगाची लोकसंख्या पाच अब्जांवर पोहोचली. जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन म्हणून स्थापन करण्यात आलेल्या लोकसंख्येच्या वाढीबद्दल आणि त्याचे परिणाम याबद्दल जागरुकता आणण्यासाठी हे होते.

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनाची सूचना डॉ.के.सी. झकेरिया यांनी 1971 ते 1987 पर्यंत जागतिक बँकेत वरिष्ठ लोकसंख्याशास्त्रज्ञ म्हणून काम केले. डॉ. झकेरिया हे भारतातील केरळ राज्यातील आहेत आणि सध्या सेंटर फॉर डेव्हलपमेंट स्टडीज येथे मानद प्राध्यापक म्हणून कार्यरत आहेत.

या कार्यक्रमाच्या आणखी विकासात, संयुक्त राष्ट्रसंघाच्या महासभेने डिसेंबर 1990 मध्ये ठराव 45/126 पास केला आणि घोषित केले की दरवर्षी 11 जुलै हा जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस म्हणून साजरा केला जाईल.

लोकसंख्येच्या समस्यांकडे जगाचे लक्ष वेधण्यासाठी जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन सुरू करण्यात आला, सतत लोकसंख्या वाढीमुळे उपलब्ध संसाधने कशी कमी होऊ शकतात. जगभरातील लोक लोकसंख्येच्या स्फोटाचे परिणाम ओळखतात आणि त्याच्या प्रतिबंधासाठी कुटुंब नियोजन इत्यादी विविध पद्धतींचा अवलंब करतात हे निरीक्षणाचा केंद्रबिंदू आहे.

जगाची लोकसंख्या दरवर्षी 83 दशलक्ष दराने वाढत आहे. जरी गोष्टी आहेत तशा चालायच्या राहिल्या आणि प्रजनन दर कमी होत असला, तरीही 2030 पर्यंत जगाची लोकसंख्या 8.6 अब्ज असेल, जी आरोग्यसेवा, शिक्षण आणि इतर उपलब्ध संसाधनांवर अवलंबून असेल. खूप दबाव येईल. 2030 हे वर्ष जगाने शाश्वत विकास उद्दिष्टे (SDGs) गाठण्याचे ठरवले आहे. लोकसंख्या वाढीमुळे निर्माण होणाऱ्या या मुद्द्यांवर जागरुकता निर्माण करणे हे संयुक्त राष्ट्रसंघ जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिनाच्या माध्यमातून शोधत आहे.

जगाचे विहंगावलोकन

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिवस जगभरात साजरा केला जातो, ज्याचा उद्देश लोकसंख्या वाढीबद्दल जागरूकता आणि त्यास सामोरे जाण्याची तयारी करणे हा आहे. युनायटेड नेशन्स आपल्या अनेक एजन्सींच्या समन्वयाने जागतिक नेत्यांच्या संपर्कात राहते आणि त्या सर्वांना एकत्र आणण्याचा प्रयत्न करते.

युनायटेड नेशन्स फंड फॉर पॉप्युलेशन ऍक्टिव्हिटीज – ​​UNPFA (आता युनायटेड नेशन्स पॉप्युलेशन फंड – UNPF) घटनांचे निरीक्षण करण्यात सक्रिय भाग घेते. ते लोकसंख्या वाढीच्या कार्यक्रमांसाठी वापरल्या जाणार्‍या निधीचे संकलन आणि व्यवस्थापन करते.

जगभरातील महत्त्वाच्या ठिकाणी उच्च-स्तरीय परिषदा आयोजित केल्या जातात जिथे भविष्यातील संभाव्यतेवर चर्चा केली जाते. प्रदूषण, आरोग्यसेवा, शिक्षण, बेरोजगारी, संसाधनांची उपलब्धता, गरिबी इत्यादी घटकांवर लोकसंख्या वाढीचा परिणाम यासारख्या मुद्द्यांवर चर्चा केली जाते. लोकसंख्येचा सतत होणारा स्फोट जगाच्या विकासासाठी कोठेही नसण्यापेक्षा चांगला आहे, असा संदेश जनतेला देणे हा निरीक्षणाचा मुख्य उद्देश आहे. लोकसंख्या वाढ कमी करण्यासाठी लोकांना प्रत्येक शक्य मार्गाने मदत केली जाते आणि कुटुंब नियोजन करण्यास प्रवृत्त केले जाते.

अनेक स्वयंसेवी संस्था देखील या प्रक्रियेत सक्रिय भाग घेतात, ज्यामध्ये लोकसंख्येच्या परिणामांबद्दल लोकसंख्येच्या चर्चा आणि स्ट्रीट शोद्वारे जाणून घेतात. मोफत माहितीपत्रके, टेम्प्लेट्स, पुस्तिका आणि गर्भनिरोधक इ. जनतेला मोफत वाटले जातात. सरकारी यंत्रणाही आपल्या उपलब्ध साधनसामग्रीचा वापर करून लोकांना जागरूक आणि जागरूक करते.

जागतिक लोकसंख्या दिन हा एक महत्त्वाचा मुद्दा आहे जो पृथ्वीवरील जीवनाच्या गुणवत्तेशी थेट संबंधित आहे आणि तो सर्व राष्ट्रांनी पूर्ण सहभागाने साजरा केला पाहिजे. लोकसंख्येच्या स्फोटामुळे आपल्या संसाधनांवर प्रचंड दबाव येतो, ज्यामुळे एकतर आपल्याला वंचित राहते किंवा आपल्या जीवनाची गुणवत्ता खराब होते.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”pa”]

ਦੁਨੀਆ ਭਰ ਦੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੇ ਦੇਸ਼ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਜੋਂ ਮਨਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ ਤਾਂ ਜੋ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਵਾਧੇ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਨਵੀਨਤਮ ਰੁਝਾਨਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਅਤੇ ਸਿੱਖਿਅਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਆਰਥਿਕਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਥੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਲੇਖ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਵਿਸਤ੍ਰਿਤ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪ੍ਰਦਾਨ ਕਰਨਗੇ।

ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ‘ਤੇ ਛੋਟਾ ਅਤੇ ਲੰਮਾ ਲੇਖ

ਲੇਖ 1 (250 ਸ਼ਬਦ).

ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਿਸਫੋਟ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕਤਾ ਪੈਦਾ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਪੱਧਰ ‘ਤੇ ਇਸ ਵੱਲ ਧਿਆਨ ਖਿੱਚਣ ਲਈ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਭਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।

ਇਹ ਕਿਉਂ ਦੇਖਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ?

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਮਨਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪਹਿਲੀ ਵਾਰ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਦੀ ਗਵਰਨਿੰਗ ਕੌਂਸਲ ਦੁਆਰਾ 1989 ਵਿੱਚ ਪ੍ਰਗਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੀ; 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ, 1987 ਤੋਂ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਦੋ ਸਾਲ ਬਾਅਦ, ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਲਗਭਗ 5 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਗਈ।

ਇਸ ਲਈ, ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਜਨਰਲ ਅਸੈਂਬਲੀ ਨੇ ਦਸੰਬਰ 1990 ਵਿੱਚ ਮਤਾ 45/261 ਪਾਸ ਕੀਤਾ, ਜਿਸ ਨੇ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਜੋਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ।

ਇਸ ਦਿਨ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਖ ਉਦੇਸ਼ ਬੇਕਾਬੂ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧੇ ਕਾਰਨ ਪੈਦਾ ਹੋਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ਵੱਲ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਧਿਆਨ ਖਿੱਚਣਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਰੋਕਣ ਲਈ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਸਮੂਹਿਕ ਉਪਾਅ ਵੀ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ। ਗਰੀਬੀ, ਬੇਰੁਜ਼ਗਾਰੀ ਅਤੇ ਮਨੁੱਖੀ ਗੁਣਵੱਤਾ ਸੂਚਕਾਂਕ ਵਰਗੇ ਮੁੱਦੇ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਤੌਰ ‘ਤੇ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਲੈਣਾ ਹੈ ?

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਲੈਣ ਦਾ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵਧੀਆ ਤਰੀਕਾ ਇਹ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧੇ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਜਾਣੂ ਕਰਵਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਿਵਾਰ ਨਿਯੋਜਨ ਅਤੇ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਦੇ ਹੋਰ ਆਮ ਤਰੀਕਿਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ।

ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਇਸ ਸਬੰਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ NGO ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਲੰਟੀਅਰ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਤੱਕ ਜਾਗਰੂਕਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਸਿੱਖਿਆ ਫੈਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਸਾਰੇ ਸੋਸ਼ਲ ਮੀਡੀਆ ਪਲੇਟਫਾਰਮਾਂ ਦੀ ਮਦਦ ਵੀ ਲੈ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।

ਬੇਕਾਬੂ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧਾ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਉਪਲਬਧਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਸੀਮਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਜੀਵਨ ਦੀ ਗੁਣਵੱਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਗੰਭੀਰਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਵਿਗਾੜਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਸਬੰਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਸਮੂਹਿਕ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਅਕਤੀਗਤ ਕਦਮ ਚੁੱਕਣਾ ਨਾ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ, ਸਗੋਂ ਸੰਸਾਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਹੋਰ ਕੌਮਾਂ ਦੀ ਵੀ ਜ਼ਿੰਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਹੈ।

ਲੇਖ 3 (400 ਸ਼ਬਦ)

ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਹੇਠ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਦਿਵਸ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਪਹਿਲਾ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ 1991 ਨੂੰ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ।

“ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ” ਮਨਾਉਣਾ ਕਿਉਂ ਜ਼ਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ ?

ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ 2020 ਦੀ ਪਹਿਲੀ ਤਿਮਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ 7.8 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਅਨੁਮਾਨਿਤ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਾਧਾ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ ਲਗਭਗ 83 ਮਿਲੀਅਨ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਦਰ ਨਾਲ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ 2030 ਤੱਕ 8.6 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ, 2050 ਤੱਕ 9.8 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਅਤੇ ਸਦੀ ਦੇ ਅੰਤ ਤੱਕ 11.2 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਦੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੈ।

ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਵਾਧਾ, ਇਸ ਤੱਥ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ ਕਿ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਬਹੁਤਾਤ ਇੱਕੋ ਜਿਹੀ ਰਹਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਬਾਅਦ ਵਾਲੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਦਬਾਅ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਹੋਰ ਕੁਝ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਬਿਨੈਕਾਰਾਂ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਕਿਤੇ ਘੱਟ ਨੌਕਰੀਆਂ ਹੋਣਗੀਆਂ; ਡਾਕਟਰੀ ਦੇਖਭਾਲ ਆਦਿ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਵਾਲੇ ਮਰੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਦੇ ਮੁਕਾਬਲੇ ਸਿਹਤ ਕਰਮਚਾਰੀ ਵੀ ਘੱਟ ਹੋਣਗੇ।

ਇਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ, ਸਿੱਖਿਆ, ਟਰਾਂਸਪੋਰਟ, ਖਪਤ ਆਦਿ ਸਾਰੇ ਖੇਤਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਘੱਟ ਜਾਂ ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕੋ ਜਿਹੀ ਰਹੇਗੀ। ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ, ਵੱਡੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਪਾਣੀ, ਭੋਜਨ, ਬਾਲਣ ਆਦਿ ਵਰਗੇ ਜ਼ਰੂਰੀ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਵੀ ਵੱਡੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਵਿਚ ਖਪਤ ਕਰੇਗੀ, ਨਤੀਜੇ ਵਜੋਂ, ਇਹ ਸਾਰੇ ਸਰੋਤ ਜਲਦੀ ਹੀ ਥਕਾਵਟ ਵੱਲ ਚਲੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ, ਅਫ਼ਸੋਸ ਦੀ ਗੱਲ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਜਿਸ ਦਰ ਨਾਲ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਧ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ, ਅਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਉਤਪਾਦਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ। ਕੁਦਰਤੀ ਸਾਧਨ.

ਭਾਰਤ, ਚੀਨ, ਸ੍ਰੀਲੰਕਾ ਆਦਿ ਵਿਕਾਸਸ਼ੀਲ ਦੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਮਾੜੀ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ, ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਅਤੇ ਅਫਰੀਕੀ ਦੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਅੰਗੋਲਾ, ਬੁਰੂੰਡੀ ਆਦਿ ਦਾ ਜ਼ਿਕਰ ਨਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਵਿਕਸਤ ਦੇਸ਼ ਹਨ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ – ਭਾਰਤ

ਭਾਰਤ ਦੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਲਗਭਗ 1.36 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਭਾਰਤ ਨੂੰ ਚੀਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਦੂਜਾ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਲਾ ਦੇਸ਼ ਬਣਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੀ ਵਧਦੀ ਗਤੀ ਨਾਲ 2022 ਵਿੱਚ ਵੀ ਚੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਛੱਡਣ ਦੀ ਉੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਵਨਾ ਹੈ।

ਭਾਰਤ ਇੱਕ ਵਿਕਾਸਸ਼ੀਲ ਦੇਸ਼ ਹੈ ਜੋ 2019 ਵਿੱਚ ਪ੍ਰਕਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਅੰਕੜਿਆਂ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਮਨੁੱਖੀ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਸੂਚਕਾਂਕ ਦੀ ਮੱਧਮ ਸ਼੍ਰੇਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਵਧ ਰਹੀ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਅਰਥਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਬਣਨ ਦੀ ਕਗਾਰ ‘ਤੇ ਹੋਣ ਦੇ ਬਾਵਜੂਦ, ਭਾਰਤ ਗਰੀਬੀ, ਭੁੱਖਮਰੀ, ਬੇਰੁਜ਼ਗਾਰੀ, ਅਤੇ ਭ੍ਰਿਸ਼ਟਾਚਾਰ ਆਦਿ ਵਰਗੇ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਜੂਝ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।

ਇਸ ਤੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਮੰਨਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਿਚ ਬੇਕਾਬੂ ਵਾਧਾ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਵਿਗਾੜ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ, ਭਾਰਤ ਸਰਕਾਰ ਨੇ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਮਨਾਉਂਦੇ ਹੋਏ, ਇਸ ਕਾਰਨ ਲਈ ਆਪਣੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਵਚਨਬੱਧਤਾ ਵੀ ਦਿਖਾਈ।

ਸਰਕਾਰ ਗੈਰ ਸਰਕਾਰੀ ਸੰਗਠਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਸਥਾਨਕ ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਾਸਨਿਕ ਸੰਸਥਾਵਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਤਾਲਮੇਲ ਕਰਕੇ ਜ਼ਮੀਨੀ ਪੱਧਰ ‘ਤੇ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਬਣਾਈ ਰੱਖਦੀ ਹੈ। ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜੀਵਨ ਦੀ ਗੁਣਵੱਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਉਪਲਬਧਤਾ ‘ਤੇ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਿੱਖਿਅਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕਾਰਕੁੰਨ ਅਤੇ ਵਾਲੰਟੀਅਰ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਗਰਭ ਨਿਰੋਧ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਿਵਾਰ ਨਿਯੋਜਨ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਸਿੱਖਿਆ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਵੰਡਦੇ ਹਨ।

ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਵਾਧਾ ਇੱਕ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਮੁੱਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ‘ਤੇ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਠੋਸ ਕਦਮ ਚੁੱਕਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ। ਭਾਰਤ ਵਰਗੇ ਦੇਸ਼, ਜੋ ਅਜੇ ਵੀ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਦੇ ਪੜਾਅ ‘ਤੇ ਹਨ, ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਮੁੱਦੇ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਗੰਭੀਰਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਲੈਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਜੇਕਰ ਉਹ ਕਦੇ ਵੀ ਵਿਕਸਤ ਦੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੀਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ।

ਲੇਖ 3 (600 ਸ਼ਬਦ)

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੇ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕਤਾ ਪੈਦਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਪੱਧਰ ‘ਤੇ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਕਾਰਨ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ‘ਤੇ ਵੱਧ ਰਹੇ ਤਣਾਅ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਿਵਾਰ ਨਿਯੋਜਨ ਆਦਿ ਵਰਗੇ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਕਦਮ ਚੁੱਕਣ ਲਈ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਦੀ ਸਥਾਪਨਾ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਦੀ ਗਵਰਨਿੰਗ ਕੌਂਸਲ ਦੁਆਰਾ 1989 ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੀ। ਇਸਦੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ਦੀ ਮਿਤੀ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ, 1987 ਸੀ, ਜਦੋਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਪੰਜ ਅਰਬ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਗਈ ਸੀ। ਇਹ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧੇ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕਤਾ ਲਿਆਉਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਜੋਂ ਸਥਾਪਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਦਾ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਡਾ: ਕੇ.ਸੀ. ਜ਼ਕਾਰੀਆ ਨੇ 1971 ਤੋਂ 1987 ਤੱਕ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਬੈਂਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੀਨੀਅਰ ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਵਿਗਿਆਨੀ ਵਜੋਂ ਸੇਵਾ ਨਿਭਾਈ। ਡਾ. ਜ਼ਕਰੀਆ ਭਾਰਤ ਦੇ ਕੇਰਲਾ ਰਾਜ ਤੋਂ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਵਰਤਮਾਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈਂਟਰ ਫਾਰ ਡਿਵੈਲਪਮੈਂਟ ਸਟੱਡੀਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਆਨਰੇਰੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਫੈਸਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ।

ਘਟਨਾ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਹੋਰ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਵਿੱਚ, ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਜਨਰਲ ਅਸੈਂਬਲੀ ਨੇ ਦਸੰਬਰ 1990 ਵਿੱਚ ਮਤਾ 45/126 ਪਾਸ ਕੀਤਾ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਐਲਾਨ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਕਿ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ 11 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਵਜੋਂ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਦੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ਵੱਲ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਧਿਆਨ ਦਿਵਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਨਿਰੰਤਰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧਾ ਸਾਡੇ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਨਿਰੀਖਣ ਦੇ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਭਰ ਦੇ ਲੋਕ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਿਸਫੋਟ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਮਝਦੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੀ ਰੋਕਥਾਮ ਲਈ ਕਈ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਅਪਣਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਪਰਿਵਾਰ ਨਿਯੋਜਨ ਆਦਿ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਲਗਭਗ 83 ਮਿਲੀਅਨ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਦੀ ਦਰ ਨਾਲ ਵਧ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ। ਭਾਵੇਂ ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਉਹ ਹੈ, ਉਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹੀ ਚਲਣਾ ਛੱਡ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਜਣਨ ਦਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਿਰਾਵਟ ਆ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ, ਫਿਰ ਵੀ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਦੀ ਆਬਾਦੀ 2030 ਤੱਕ 8.6 ਬਿਲੀਅਨ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ, ਜੋ ਸਿਹਤ ਸੰਭਾਲ, ਸਿੱਖਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਸਾਧਨਾਂ ‘ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰੇਗੀ। 2030 ਉਹ ਸਾਲ ਵੀ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਨੇ ਸਸਟੇਨੇਬਲ ਡਿਵੈਲਪਮੈਂਟ ਟੀਚਿਆਂ (SDGs) ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਦਾ ਫੈਸਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਿਵਸ ਦੇ ਜ਼ਰੀਏ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਵਾਧੇ ਤੋਂ ਪੈਦਾ ਹੋਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ‘ਤੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕਤਾ ਪੈਦਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ।

ਸੰਸਾਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਦਿਵਸ ਪੂਰੀ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਦਾ ਮਕਸਦ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਵਾਧੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਕਰਨਾ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਨਜਿੱਠਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਰਹਿਣਾ ਹੈ। ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਕਈ ਏਜੰਸੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਤਾਲਮੇਲ ਵਿੱਚ, ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਨੇਤਾਵਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਰਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕਾਰਨ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਾਰਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਕੱਠੇ ਲਿਆਉਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।

ਆਬਾਦੀ ਗਤੀਵਿਧੀਆਂ ਲਈ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਫੰਡ – UNPFA (ਹੁਣ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਫੰਡ – UNPF) ਘਟਨਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ ਨਿਗਰਾਨੀ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧੇ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਫੰਡਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਕੱਠਾ ਕਰਦਾ ਅਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।

ਦੁਨੀਆ ਭਰ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਖ ਸਥਾਨਾਂ ‘ਤੇ ਉੱਚ-ਪੱਧਰੀ ਕਾਨਫਰੰਸਾਂ ਆਯੋਜਿਤ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਭਵਿੱਖ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੰਭਾਵਨਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਚਰਚਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਪ੍ਰਦੂਸ਼ਣ, ਸਿਹਤ ਸੰਭਾਲ, ਸਿੱਖਿਆ, ਬੇਰੁਜ਼ਗਾਰੀ, ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਉਪਲਬਧਤਾ, ਗਰੀਬੀ ਆਦਿ ਵਰਗੇ ਕਾਰਕਾਂ ‘ਤੇ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਵਾਧੇ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵ ਵਰਗੇ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ‘ਤੇ ਚਰਚਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ। ਨਿਰੀਖਣ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਖ ਉਦੇਸ਼ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਸੰਦੇਸ਼ ਦੇਣਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਾ ਵਿਸਫੋਟ ਦੁਨੀਆ ਦੇ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਲਈ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਬਿਹਤਰ ਹੈ। ਲੋਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਹਰ ਸੰਭਵ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਮਦਦ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਵਾਧੇ ਨੂੰ ਘਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪਰਿਵਾਰ ਨਿਯੋਜਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।

ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਐਨਜੀਓਜ਼ ਵੀ ਇਸ ਪ੍ਰਕਿਰਿਆ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਲੈਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਗੱਲਬਾਤ ਅਤੇ ਸਟਰੀਟ ਸ਼ੋਅ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣੂ ਕਰਵਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੁਫਤ ਬਰੋਸ਼ਰ, ਟੈਂਪਲੇਟ, ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਅਤੇ ਗਰਭ ਨਿਰੋਧਕ ਆਦਿ, ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੁਫਤ ਵੰਡੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਸਰਕਾਰੀ ਮਸ਼ੀਨਰੀ ਵੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਸਾਧਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਅਤੇ ਜਾਗਰੂਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।

ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਜਨਸੰਖਿਆ ਦਿਵਸ ਇੱਕ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਮੁੱਦੇ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਬੋਧਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਤੌਰ ‘ਤੇ ਧਰਤੀ ‘ਤੇ ਜੀਵਨ ਦੀ ਗੁਣਵੱਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਕੌਮਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਪੂਰੀ ਭਾਗੀਦਾਰੀ ਨਾਲ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਆਬਾਦੀ ਦਾ ਵਿਸਫੋਟ ਸਾਡੇ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ‘ਤੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਜ਼ਿਆਦਾ ਦਬਾਅ ਪਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਜਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਵੰਚਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਸਾਡੇ ਜੀਵਨ ਦੀ ਗੁਣਵੱਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਗਾੜਦਾ ਹੈ।

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”ta”]

உலக மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சி மற்றும் அது பொருளாதாரம் மற்றும் வளர்ச்சியை எவ்வாறு பாதிக்கிறது என்பதைப் பற்றிய சமீபத்திய போக்குகள் குறித்து பொதுமக்களுக்கு விழிப்புணர்வையும் கல்வியையும் ஏற்படுத்துவதற்காக உலகெங்கிலும் உள்ள பல நாடுகள் ஜூலை 11 ஐ உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினமாகக் கொண்டாடுகின்றன. இங்குள்ள பின்வரும் கட்டுரைகள் உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினத்தைப் பற்றிய விரிவான தகவல்களை உங்களுக்கு வழங்கும்.

உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினத்தை பற்றிய சிறு மற்றும் நீண்ட கட்டுரை தமிழில்

கட்டுரை 1 (250 வார்த்தைகள்).

உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினம் ஜூலை 11 அன்று உலகம் முழுவதும் மக்கள்தொகை வெடிப்பு பிரச்சினை பற்றிய விழிப்புணர்வை ஏற்படுத்தவும், உலக அளவில் கவனத்தை ஈர்க்கவும் கொண்டாடப்படுகிறது.

அது ஏன் கவனிக்கப்படுகிறது ?

உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினத்தை கடைபிடிக்க வேண்டியதன் அவசியத்தை முதன்முதலில் 1989 இல் ஐக்கிய நாடுகள் சபையின் ஆளும் குழு வெளிப்படுத்தியது; ஜூலை 11, 1987 இல் இரண்டு ஆண்டுகளுக்குப் பிறகு, உலக மக்கள் தொகை சுமார் 5 பில்லியனை எட்டியது.

எனவே, ஐக்கிய நாடுகளின் பொதுச் சபை டிசம்பர் 1990 இல் 45/261 தீர்மானத்தை நிறைவேற்றியது, இது ஜூலை 11 ஆம் தேதியை ஆண்டு உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினமாக நிர்ணயித்தது.

கட்டுப்பாடற்ற மக்கள்தொகைப் பெருக்கத்தால் ஏற்படும் பிரச்சனைகள் குறித்து உலகின் கவனத்தை ஈர்ப்பதும், அவற்றைத் தடுக்க தேவையான கூட்டு நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுப்பதும் இந்த நாளின் முக்கிய நோக்கமாகும். வறுமை, வேலையின்மை மற்றும் மனித தரக் குறியீடு போன்ற பிரச்சினைகள் நேரடியாக மக்கள்தொகையுடன் தொடர்புடையவை.

உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினத்தில் எவ்வாறு பங்கேற்பது ?

உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினத்தில் பங்கேற்பதற்கான சிறந்த வழி, மக்கள்தொகை பெருக்கத்தின் விளைவுகளைப் பற்றி மக்களுக்குத் தெரியப்படுத்துவதும், குடும்பக் கட்டுப்பாடு மற்றும் மக்கள்தொகைக் கட்டுப்பாட்டுக்கான பிற பொதுவான முறைகள் குறித்து அவர்களுக்குக் கற்பிப்பதும் ஆகும்.

இந்த விஷயத்தில் பணிபுரியும் எந்த ஒரு NGO வில் நீங்கள் சேரலாம் அல்லது உங்கள் பகுதியில் தன்னார்வப் பணியைச் செய்யலாம். மக்களுக்கு விழிப்புணர்வு மற்றும் கல்வியைப் பரப்புவதற்கு கிடைக்கக்கூடிய அனைத்து சமூக ஊடக தளங்களின் உதவியையும் நீங்கள் பெறலாம்.

கட்டுப்பாடற்ற மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சி வளங்கள் கிடைப்பதை பெரிதும் கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது மற்றும் வாழ்க்கைத் தரத்தை கடுமையாக பாதிக்கிறது. இந்த விஷயத்தில் தேவையான கூட்டு மற்றும் தனிப்பட்ட நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுப்பது காலத்தின் தேவை மட்டுமல்ல, உலகின் பிற நாடுகளின் பொறுப்பாகும்.

கட்டுரை 3 (400 வார்த்தைகள்)

ஐக்கிய நாடுகள் சபையின் வழிகாட்டுதலின் கீழ் ஒவ்வொரு ஆண்டும் ஜூலை 11 ஆம் தேதி உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினத்தை உலகம் கொண்டாடுகிறது. முதல் உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினம் ஜூலை 11, 1991 அன்று அனுசரிக்கப்பட்டது.

“உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினம்” ஏன் கடைப்பிடிக்கப்பட வேண்டும் ?

தற்போதைய உலக மக்கள்தொகை 2020 முதல் காலாண்டில் 7.8 பில்லியனாக உள்ளது மற்றும் உலக மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சி ஒவ்வொரு ஆண்டும் சுமார் 83 மில்லியன் என மதிப்பிடப்பட்டுள்ளது. இந்த விகிதத்தில் உலக மக்கள்தொகை 2030 இல் 8.6 பில்லியனாகவும், 2050 இல் 9.8 பில்லியனாகவும் மற்றும் நூற்றாண்டின் இறுதியில் 11.2 பில்லியனாகவும் இருக்கும் என்று எதிர்பார்க்கப்படுகிறது.

இந்த மக்கள்தொகை அதிகரிப்பு, கிடைக்கக்கூடிய வளங்களின் மிகுதியானது ஒரே மாதிரியாக இருப்பதைத் தவிர, பிந்தையவற்றில் ஒரு அழுத்தத்தைத் தவிர வேறு எதையும் ஏற்படுத்தாது. விண்ணப்பதாரர்களை விட மிகக் குறைவான வேலைகள் இருக்கும்; மருத்துவ கவனிப்பு போன்றவை தேவைப்படும் நோயாளிகளுடன் ஒப்பிடும்போது சுகாதாரப் பணியாளர்களும் குறைவாகவே இருப்பார்கள்.

இதன் மூலம் கல்வி, போக்குவரத்து, நுகர்வு, என அனைத்து துறைகளிலும் ஏறக்குறைய இதே நிலைதான் இருக்கும். மேலும், பெரும் மக்கள், தண்ணீர், உணவு, எரிபொருள் போன்ற அத்தியாவசிய வளங்களையும் அதிக அளவில் பயன்படுத்துவார்கள். இதன் விளைவாக, இந்த வளங்கள் அனைத்தும் விரைவில் சோர்வை நோக்கிச் செல்லும், துரதிர்ஷ்டவசமாக, மக்கள் தொகை அதிகரிக்கும் அதே விகிதத்தில். நாம் சொந்தமாக உற்பத்தி செய்ய முடியாது. இயற்கை வளங்கள்.

இந்தியா, சீனா, இலங்கை போன்ற வளரும் நாடுகளில் நிலைமை மோசமாக இருக்கும், பாகிஸ்தான் மற்றும் ஆப்பிரிக்க நாடுகளான அங்கோலா, புருண்டி போன்றவற்றைக் குறிப்பிட தேவையில்லை.

உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினம் – இந்தியா

இந்தியாவின் தற்போதைய மக்கள் தொகை சுமார் 1.36 பில்லியன். இது சீனாவிற்கு அடுத்தபடியாக உலகின் இரண்டாவது அதிக மக்கள்தொகை கொண்ட நாடாக இந்தியாவை வைக்கிறது மற்றும் அதன் வளர்ந்து வரும் வேகத்துடன் 2022 இல் சீனாவை மிஞ்சும் அதிக ஆற்றலைக் கொண்டுள்ளது.

2019 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்ட தரவுகளின்படி, மனித வளர்ச்சிக் குறியீட்டின் நடுத்தர பிரிவில் வரும் இந்தியா ஒரு வளரும் நாடு. வேகமாக வளரும் உலகப் பொருளாதாரமாக மாறும் விளிம்பில் இருந்தாலும், வறுமை, பசி, வேலையில்லாத் திண்டாட்டம் மற்றும் ஊழல் போன்ற பிரச்சினைகளில் இந்தியா சிக்கித் தவிக்கிறது.

மக்கள்தொகையில் கட்டுப்பாடற்ற வளர்ச்சி நிலைமையை மோசமாக்கும் என்ற உண்மையை உணர்ந்து, இந்திய அரசாங்கம் உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினத்தை கொண்டாடுகிறது, மேலும் அதன் முழு ஈடுபாட்டையும் காட்டுகிறது.

அரசு தன்னார்வ தொண்டு நிறுவனங்கள் மற்றும் உள்ளூர் நிர்வாக அமைப்புகளுடன் ஒருங்கிணைந்து அடிமட்ட மக்களுடன் தொடர்பில் உள்ளது. வாழ்க்கைத் தரம் மற்றும் வளங்களின் இருப்பு ஆகியவற்றில் மக்கள்தொகையின் தாக்கம் குறித்து மக்களுக்கு கல்வி கற்பிக்கப்படுகிறது. ஆர்வலர்கள் மற்றும் தன்னார்வலர்கள் கருத்தடை மற்றும் குடும்பக் கட்டுப்பாடு தொடர்பான கல்விப் பொருட்களை மக்களுக்கு விநியோகிக்கின்றனர்.

மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சி என்பது ஒரு முக்கியமான பிரச்சினையாகும், இதில் உலகம் உடனடியாக உறுதியான நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுக்க வேண்டும். இன்னும் வளரும் நிலையில் இருக்கும் இந்தியா போன்ற நாடுகள், எப்போதாவது வளர்ந்த நாடுகளின் லீக்கில் சேர விரும்பினால், இந்தப் பிரச்சினையை இன்னும் தீவிரமாக எடுத்துக் கொள்ள வேண்டும்.

கட்டுரை 3 (600 வார்த்தைகள்)

உலக மக்கள்தொகை மற்றும் அதன் வளர்ச்சி குறித்து விழிப்புணர்வு ஏற்படுத்தவும் அதன் விளைவுகள் குறித்த விழிப்புணர்வை ஏற்படுத்தவும் ஒவ்வொரு ஆண்டும் ஜூலை 11ஆம் தேதி உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினம் கொண்டாடப்படுகிறது. மக்கள்தொகை காரணமாக வளங்களில் அதிகரித்து வரும் மன அழுத்தத்தைப் பற்றி மக்களுக்கு விழிப்புணர்வு ஏற்படுத்தவும், குடும்பக் கட்டுப்பாடு போன்ற முக்கியமான நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுக்கவும் உலகளவில் கொண்டாடப்படுகிறது.

உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினம் 1989 ஆம் ஆண்டு ஐக்கிய நாடுகளின் வளர்ச்சித் திட்டத்தின் ஆளும் குழுவால் நிறுவப்பட்டது. அதன் தொடக்க தேதி ஜூலை 11, 1987, உலக மக்கள் தொகை ஐந்து பில்லியனை எட்டியது. இது மக்கள்தொகை பெருக்கம் மற்றும் அதன் தாக்கம் பற்றிய விழிப்புணர்வை ஏற்படுத்துவதற்காக உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினமாக நிறுவப்பட்டது.

உலக மக்கள் தொகை தினத்தை டாக்டர் கே.சி. 1971 முதல் 1987 வரை உலக வங்கியில் மூத்த மக்கள்தொகை ஆய்வாளராகப் பணியாற்றியவர் ஜகாரியா. டாக்டர். ஜகாரியா, இந்தியாவின் கேரள மாநிலத்தைச் சேர்ந்தவர், தற்போது மேம்பாட்டு ஆய்வு மையத்தில் கௌரவப் பேராசிரியராகப் பணியாற்றி வருகிறார்.

நிகழ்வின் மேலும் வளர்ச்சியில், ஐக்கிய நாடுகளின் பொதுச் சபை டிசம்பர் 1990 இல் 45/126 தீர்மானத்தை நிறைவேற்றியது, ஒவ்வொரு ஆண்டும் ஜூலை 11 ஆம் தேதி உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினமாக அனுசரிக்கப்படும் என்று அறிவித்தது.

மக்கள்தொகைப் பிரச்சனைகள், தொடர்ச்சியான மக்கள்தொகைப் பெருக்கம் நமது இருப்பு வளங்களை எவ்வாறு வெளியேற்றும் என்பது குறித்து உலகின் கவனத்தை ஈர்ப்பதற்காக உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினம் தொடங்கப்பட்டது. உலகெங்கிலும் உள்ள மக்கள் மக்கள்தொகை வெடிப்பின் விளைவுகளை உணர்ந்து அதைத் தடுப்பதற்கு குடும்பக் கட்டுப்பாடு போன்ற பல்வேறு முறைகளைப் பின்பற்றுகிறார்கள் என்பது அவதானிப்பின் மையத்தில் உள்ளது.

உலக மக்கள்தொகை ஆண்டுதோறும் சுமார் 83 மில்லியன் என்ற விகிதத்தில் வளர்ந்து வருகிறது. விஷயங்களை அப்படியே விட்டுவிட்டு, கருவுறுதல் விகிதம் சரிந்தாலும், 2030 ஆம் ஆண்டில் உலக மக்கள் தொகை 8.6 பில்லியனாக இருக்கும், சுகாதாரம், கல்வி மற்றும் கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பிற வளங்களைச் சார்ந்து இருக்கும். நிலையான வளர்ச்சி இலக்குகளை (SDGs) அடைய உலகம் முடிவு செய்த ஆண்டாகவும் 2030 உள்ளது. உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினத்தின் மூலம் ஐக்கிய நாடுகள் சபையின் மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சியால் எழும் இந்த பிரச்சினைகள் குறித்து விழிப்புணர்வை ஏற்படுத்த வேண்டும்.

உலகின் கண்ணோட்டம்

உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினம் உலகம் முழுவதும் கொண்டாடப்படுகிறது, இதன் நோக்கம் மக்கள்தொகை பெருக்கம் மற்றும் அதைச் சமாளிப்பதற்கான தயார்நிலை குறித்து மக்களுக்கு விழிப்புணர்வு ஏற்படுத்துவதாகும். அதன் பல ஏஜென்சிகளுடன் ஒருங்கிணைந்து, ஐக்கிய நாடுகள் சபை உலகத் தலைவர்களுடன் தொடர்பை வைத்திருக்கிறது, மேலும் அவர்கள் அனைவரையும் ஒன்றிணைக்க முயற்சிக்கிறது.

மக்கள்தொகை நடவடிக்கைகளுக்கான ஐக்கிய நாடுகளின் நிதியம் – UNPFA (இப்போது ஐக்கிய நாடுகளின் மக்கள் தொகை நிதியம் – UNPF) சம்பவங்களைக் கண்காணிப்பதில் தீவிரமாகப் பங்கு கொள்கிறது. இது மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சி திட்டங்களுக்கு பயன்படுத்தப்படும் நிதிகளை சேகரித்து நிர்வகிக்கிறது.

உலகெங்கிலும் உள்ள முக்கிய இடங்களில் உயர்மட்ட மாநாடுகள் நடத்தப்படுகின்றன, அங்கு எதிர்கால வாய்ப்புகள் விவாதிக்கப்படுகின்றன. மாசுபாடு, சுகாதாரம், கல்வி, வேலையின்மை, வளங்கள் கிடைப்பது, வறுமை போன்ற காரணிகளில் மக்கள் தொகை வளர்ச்சியின் தாக்கம் போன்ற பிரச்சினைகள் விவாதிக்கப்படுகின்றன. உலகத்தின் வளர்ச்சிக்கு எங்கும் இல்லாததை விட தொடர்ச்சியான மக்கள்தொகை வெடிப்பு சிறந்தது என்ற செய்தியை பொதுமக்களுக்கு அனுப்புவதே கண்காணிப்பின் முக்கிய நோக்கம். மக்கள் சாத்தியமான எல்லா வழிகளிலும் உதவுகிறார்கள் மற்றும் மக்கள்தொகை வளர்ச்சியைக் குறைக்க குடும்பக் கட்டுப்பாடு செய்ய தூண்டப்படுகிறார்கள்.

பல தன்னார்வ தொண்டு நிறுவனங்களும் இந்த செயல்பாட்டில் தீவிரமாக பங்கேற்கின்றன, இதில் மக்கள் மக்கள்தொகையின் விளைவுகள் பற்றி பேச்சுக்கள் மற்றும் தெரு நிகழ்ச்சிகள் மூலம் அறிந்து கொள்கிறார்கள். இலவச பிரசுரங்கள், வார்ப்புருக்கள், சிறு புத்தகங்கள் மற்றும் கருத்தடை சாதனங்கள் போன்றவை பொதுமக்களுக்கு இலவசமாக விநியோகிக்கப்படுகின்றன. மக்களுக்கு விழிப்புணர்வையும் விழிப்புணர்வையும் ஏற்படுத்த அரசு இயந்திரங்களும் தன்னிடம் உள்ள வளங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன.

உலக மக்கள்தொகை தினம் பூமியின் வாழ்க்கைத் தரத்துடன் நேரடியாக தொடர்புடைய ஒரு முக்கியமான பிரச்சினையைக் குறிக்கிறது மற்றும் இது அனைத்து நாடுகளாலும் முழு பங்கேற்புடன் கடைபிடிக்கப்பட வேண்டும். மக்கள்தொகை வெடிப்பு நமது வளங்களின் மீது பெரும் அழுத்தத்தை ஏற்படுத்துகிறது, இது நம்மை இழக்கிறது அல்லது நமது வாழ்க்கைத் தரத்தை மோசமாக்குகிறது.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”te”]

ప్రపంచ జనాభా పెరుగుదలకు సంబంధించి తాజా పోకడలు మరియు ఆర్థిక వ్యవస్థ మరియు అభివృద్ధిని ఎలా ప్రభావితం చేస్తుందనే దానిపై ప్రజలకు అవగాహన మరియు అవగాహన కల్పించడానికి ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా అనేక దేశాలు జూలై 11ని ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంగా జరుపుకుంటాయి. ఇక్కడ ఉన్న క్రింది వ్యాసాలు ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం గురించి మీకు సవివరమైన సమాచారాన్ని అందిస్తాయి.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం గురించి తెలుగులో చిన్న మరియు పొడవైన వ్యాసం

వ్యాసం 1 (250 పదాలు).

జనాభా విస్ఫోటనం సమస్య గురించి అవగాహన పెంచడానికి మరియు ప్రపంచ స్థాయిలో దృష్టిని ఆకర్షించడానికి జూలై 11న ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా జరుపుకుంటారు.

ఇది ఎందుకు గమనించబడుతుంది ?

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని పాటించవలసిన అవసరాన్ని మొదటిసారిగా 1989లో ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి పాలక మండలి వ్యక్తం చేసింది; జూలై 11, 1987 తర్వాత కేవలం రెండు సంవత్సరాల తరువాత, ప్రపంచ జనాభా సుమారు 5 బిలియన్లకు చేరుకుంది.

అందువల్ల, ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి జనరల్ అసెంబ్లీ డిసెంబర్ 1990లో 45/261 తీర్మానాన్ని ఆమోదించింది, ఇది జూలై 11ని వార్షిక ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంగా నిర్ణయించింది.

అనియంత్రిత జనాభా పెరుగుదల వల్ల ఉత్పన్నమయ్యే సమస్యలపై ప్రపంచం దృష్టిని ఆకర్షించడం మరియు వాటిని నివారించడానికి అవసరమైన సామూహిక చర్యలు తీసుకోవడం ఈ రోజు యొక్క ప్రధాన లక్ష్యం. పేదరికం, నిరుద్యోగం మరియు మానవ నాణ్యత సూచిక వంటి సమస్యలు నేరుగా జనాభాకు సంబంధించినవి.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంలో ఎలా పాల్గొనాలి ?

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంలో పాల్గొనడానికి ఉత్తమ మార్గం జనాభా పెరుగుదల ప్రభావాల గురించి ప్రజలకు అవగాహన కల్పించడం మరియు కుటుంబ నియంత్రణ మరియు ఇతర సాధారణ జనాభా నియంత్రణ పద్ధతుల గురించి వారికి అవగాహన కల్పించడం.

మీరు ఈ విషయంలో పనిచేస్తున్న ఏదైనా NGOలో చేరవచ్చు లేదా మీ ప్రాంతంలో స్వచ్ఛందంగా పని చేయవచ్చు. మీరు ప్రజలకు అవగాహన మరియు విద్యను వ్యాప్తి చేయడానికి అందుబాటులో ఉన్న అన్ని సోషల్ మీడియా ప్లాట్‌ఫారమ్‌ల సహాయాన్ని కూడా తీసుకోవచ్చు.

అనియంత్రిత జనాభా పెరుగుదల వనరుల లభ్యతను బాగా పరిమితం చేస్తుంది మరియు జీవన నాణ్యతను తీవ్రంగా దెబ్బతీస్తుంది. ఈ విషయంలో అవసరమైన సామూహిక మరియు వ్యక్తిగత చర్యలు తీసుకోవడం కాలపు అవసరం మాత్రమే కాదు, ప్రపంచంలోని ఇతర దేశాల బాధ్యత కూడా.

వ్యాసం 3 (400 పదాలు)

ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి మార్గదర్శకత్వంలో ప్రతి సంవత్సరం, ప్రపంచం జూలై 11న ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని జరుపుకుంటుంది. మొదటి ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం జూలై 11, 1991న నిర్వహించబడింది.

“ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం” ఎందుకు పాటించాలి ?

ప్రస్తుత ప్రపంచ జనాభా 2020 మొదటి త్రైమాసికంలో 7.8 బిలియన్లు మరియు అంచనా వేసిన ప్రపంచ జనాభా పెరుగుదల ప్రతి సంవత్సరం 83 మిలియన్లు. ఈ స్థాయిలో ప్రపంచ జనాభా 2030 నాటికి 8.6 బిలియన్లకు, 2050 నాటికి 9.8 బిలియన్లకు మరియు శతాబ్దం చివరి నాటికి 11.2 బిలియన్లకు చేరుకుంటుందని అంచనా.

జనాభాలో ఈ పెరుగుదల, అందుబాటులో ఉన్న వనరుల సమృద్ధి అలాగే ఉండటంతో పాటు, రెండోదానిపై ఒత్తిడి తప్ప మరేమీ ఉండదు. దరఖాస్తుదారుల కంటే చాలా తక్కువ ఉద్యోగాలు ఉంటాయి; వైద్య సంరక్షణ మొదలైన రోగులతో పోలిస్తే ఆరోగ్య కార్యకర్తలు కూడా తక్కువగా ఉంటారు.

ఈ విధంగా విద్య, రవాణా, వినియోగం మొదలైన అన్ని రంగాల్లోనూ పరిస్థితి ఇంచుమించు ఇలాగే ఉంటుంది. అదనంగా, భారీ జనాభా నీరు, ఆహారం, ఇంధనం మొదలైన ముఖ్యమైన వనరులను కూడా భారీ మొత్తంలో వినియోగిస్తుంది. ఫలితంగా, ఈ వనరులన్నీ త్వరలో అయిపోతాయి, పాపం జనాభా పెరుగుతున్న అదే రేటుతో. మేము మా ఉత్పత్తి చేయలేము. సొంత సహజ వనరులు.

భారతదేశం, చైనా, శ్రీలంక మొదలైన అభివృద్ధి చెందుతున్న దేశాలలో పరిస్థితి దారుణంగా ఉంటుంది, పాకిస్తాన్ మరియు చాలా తక్కువ అభివృద్ధి చెందిన దేశాలైన అంగోలా, బురుండి వంటి ఆఫ్రికా దేశాల గురించి చెప్పనవసరం లేదు.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం – భారతదేశం

భారతదేశ ప్రస్తుత జనాభా దాదాపు 1.36 బిలియన్లు. ఇది చైనా తర్వాత ప్రపంచంలో అత్యధిక జనాభా కలిగిన రెండవ దేశంగా భారతదేశాన్ని ఉంచుతుంది మరియు దాని పెరుగుతున్న వేగంతో 2022లో కూడా చైనాను అధిగమించే అధిక సామర్థ్యాన్ని కలిగి ఉంది.

భారతదేశం అభివృద్ధి చెందుతున్న దేశం, ఇది 2019లో ప్రచురించబడిన డేటా ప్రకారం మానవ అభివృద్ధి సూచిక యొక్క మీడియం వర్గంలోకి వస్తుంది. వేగంగా అభివృద్ధి చెందుతున్న ప్రపంచ ఆర్థిక వ్యవస్థగా అవతరించే అంచున ఉన్నప్పటికీ, భారతదేశం పేదరికం, ఆకలి, నిరుద్యోగం మరియు అవినీతి మొదలైన సమస్యలతో పోరాడుతోంది.

జనాభాలో అనియంత్రిత పెరుగుదల పరిస్థితిని మరింత దిగజార్చుతుందనే వాస్తవాన్ని గుర్తించి, భారత ప్రభుత్వం ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని జరుపుకుంటుంది, దాని కోసం తన పూర్తి నిబద్ధతను చూపుతుంది.

ప్రభుత్వం స్వచ్ఛంద సంస్థలు మరియు స్థానిక పరిపాలనా సంస్థలతో సమన్వయంతో అట్టడుగు స్థాయి ప్రజలతో సన్నిహితంగా ఉంటుంది. జీవన నాణ్యత మరియు వనరుల లభ్యతపై జనాభా ప్రభావం గురించి ప్రజలకు అవగాహన కల్పిస్తారు. కార్యకర్తలు మరియు వాలంటీర్లు ప్రజలకు గర్భనిరోధకం మరియు కుటుంబ నియంత్రణకు సంబంధించిన విద్యా సామగ్రిని పంపిణీ చేస్తారు.

జనాభా పెరుగుదల ఒక ముఖ్యమైన సమస్య, దీనిపై ప్రపంచం తక్షణమే ఖచ్చితమైన చర్యలు తీసుకోవాలి. ఇంకా అభివృద్ధి చెందుతున్న దశలో ఉన్న భారతదేశం వంటి దేశాలు ఎప్పుడైనా అభివృద్ధి చెందిన దేశాల లీగ్‌లో చేరాలనుకుంటే ఈ సమస్యను మరింత తీవ్రంగా పరిగణించాలి.

వ్యాసం 3 (600 పదాలు)

ప్రపంచ జనాభా మరియు దాని అభివృద్ధి గురించి మరియు దాని ప్రభావాల గురించి అవగాహన కల్పించడానికి ప్రతి సంవత్సరం జూలై 11 న ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం జరుపుకుంటారు. జనాభా కారణంగా వనరులపై పెరుగుతున్న ఒత్తిడి గురించి ప్రజలకు అవగాహన కల్పించడానికి మరియు కుటుంబ నియంత్రణ వంటి ముఖ్యమైన చర్యలు తీసుకోవడానికి ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా దీనిని జరుపుకుంటారు.

ఇన్స్టిట్యూట్

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని 1989లో యునైటెడ్ నేషన్స్ డెవలప్‌మెంట్ ప్రోగ్రామ్ గవర్నింగ్ కౌన్సిల్ ఏర్పాటు చేసింది. దీని ప్రారంభ తేదీ జూలై 11, 1987, ప్రపంచ జనాభా ఐదు బిలియన్లకు చేరుకున్నప్పుడు. ఇది జనాభా పెరుగుదల మరియు దాని ప్రభావం గురించి అవగాహన తీసుకురావడం గురించి ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంగా స్థాపించబడింది.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని డాక్టర్ కె.సి. 1971 నుండి 1987 వరకు ప్రపంచ బ్యాంక్‌లో సీనియర్ డెమోగ్రాఫర్‌గా పనిచేసిన జకారియా. డాక్టర్. జకారియా భారతదేశంలోని కేరళ రాష్ట్రానికి చెందినవారు మరియు ప్రస్తుతం సెంటర్ ఫర్ డెవలప్‌మెంట్ స్టడీస్‌లో గౌరవ ప్రొఫెసర్‌గా పనిచేస్తున్నారు.

ఈ సంఘటన యొక్క మరింత అభివృద్ధిలో, ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి జనరల్ అసెంబ్లీ డిసెంబర్ 1990లో 45/126 తీర్మానాన్ని ఆమోదించింది, ప్రతి సంవత్సరం జూలై 11ని ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవంగా పాటించాలని ప్రకటించింది.

జనాభా సమస్యలపై ప్రపంచ దృష్టిని తీసుకురావడానికి ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం ప్రారంభించబడింది, నిరంతర జనాభా పెరుగుదల మన అందుబాటులో ఉన్న వనరులను ఎలా హరిస్తుంది. ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా ఉన్న ప్రజలు జనాభా విస్ఫోటనం యొక్క ప్రభావాలను గ్రహించి, దాని నివారణకు కుటుంబ నియంత్రణ మొదలైన అనేక పద్ధతులను అవలంబించడం పరిశీలన యొక్క ప్రధానాంశం.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా ఏటా దాదాపు 83 మిలియన్ల చొప్పున పెరుగుతోంది. విషయాలను యథాతథంగా ఉంచినప్పటికీ, సంతానోత్పత్తి రేటు క్షీణిస్తున్నప్పటికీ, ప్రపంచ జనాభా 2030 నాటికి 8.6 బిలియన్లకు చేరుకుంటుంది, ఆరోగ్య సంరక్షణ, విద్య మరియు అందుబాటులో ఉన్న ఇతర వనరులపై ఆధారపడి ఉంటుంది. 2030 ప్రపంచ సస్టైనబుల్ డెవలప్‌మెంట్ గోల్స్ (SDGలు) చేరుకోవాలని నిర్ణయించుకున్న సంవత్సరం కూడా. ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం ద్వారా జనాభా పెరుగుదల కారణంగా ఉత్పన్నమయ్యే ఈ సమస్యలపై అవగాహన కల్పించాలని కోరుతోంది.

ప్రపంచం యొక్క అవలోకనం

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవాన్ని ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా జరుపుకుంటారు, దీని ఉద్దేశ్యం జనాభా పెరుగుదల మరియు దానిని ఎదుర్కోవటానికి సంసిద్ధత గురించి ప్రజలకు అవగాహన కల్పించడం. దాని అనేక ఏజెన్సీలతో సమన్వయంతో, ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి ప్రపంచ నాయకులతో సన్నిహితంగా ఉంటుంది మరియు వారందరినీ ఒకచోట చేర్చడానికి ప్రయత్నిస్తుంది.

జనాభా కార్యకలాపాల కోసం ఐక్యరాజ్యసమితి నిధి – UNPFA (ప్రస్తుతం యునైటెడ్ నేషన్స్ పాపులేషన్ ఫండ్ – UNPF) సంఘటనలను పర్యవేక్షించడంలో చురుకుగా పాల్గొంటుంది. ఇది జనాభా పెరుగుదల కార్యక్రమాలకు ఉపయోగించాల్సిన నిధులను సేకరిస్తుంది మరియు నిర్వహిస్తుంది.

ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా ఉన్న కీలక ప్రదేశాలలో ఉన్నత స్థాయి సమావేశాలు నిర్వహించబడతాయి, ఇక్కడ భవిష్యత్తు అవకాశాల గురించి చర్చించబడతాయి. కాలుష్యం, వైద్యం, విద్య, నిరుద్యోగం, వనరుల లభ్యత, పేదరికం మొదలైన అంశాలపై జనాభా పెరుగుదల ప్రభావం వంటి అంశాలు చర్చించబడ్డాయి. ప్రపంచ అభివృద్ధికి ఎక్కడా లేని విధంగా నిరంతర జనాభా విస్ఫోటనం మంచిదని ప్రజలకు సందేశాన్ని పంపడం పరిశీలన యొక్క ప్రధాన లక్ష్యం. జనాభా పెరుగుదలను తగ్గించడానికి కుటుంబ నియంత్రణ చేయడానికి ప్రజలకు సాధ్యమైన ప్రతి విధంగా సహాయం చేస్తారు.

అనేక NGOలు కూడా ఈ ప్రక్రియలో చురుకుగా పాల్గొంటాయి, దీనిలో ప్రజలు చర్చలు మరియు వీధి ప్రదర్శనల ద్వారా జనాభా ప్రభావాల గురించి తెలుసుకుంటారు. ఉచిత బ్రోచర్లు, టెంప్లేట్లు, బుక్‌లెట్లు మరియు గర్భనిరోధకాలు మొదలైనవి ప్రజలకు ఉచితంగా పంపిణీ చేయబడతాయి. ప్రభుత్వ యంత్రాంగం ప్రజలకు అవగాహన మరియు అవగాహన కల్పించడానికి అందుబాటులో ఉన్న వనరులను కూడా ఉపయోగిస్తుంది.

ప్రపంచ జనాభా దినోత్సవం భూమిపై జీవన నాణ్యతకు నేరుగా సంబంధించిన ఒక ముఖ్యమైన సమస్యను పరిష్కరిస్తుంది మరియు దీనిని అన్ని దేశాలు పూర్తి భాగస్వామ్యంతో పాటించాలి. జనాభా విస్ఫోటనం మన వనరులపై విపరీతమైన ఒత్తిడిని కలిగిస్తుంది, ఇది మనల్ని కోల్పోతుంది లేదా మన జీవన నాణ్యతను దిగజార్చుతుంది.

[/dk_lang] [dk_lang lang=”ur”]

دنیا بھر کے بہت سے ممالک 11 جولائی کو آبادی کے عالمی دن کے طور پر مناتے ہیں تاکہ عوام کو عالمی آبادی میں اضافے کے تازہ ترین رجحانات اور اس سے معیشت اور ترقی پر کیا اثر پڑتا ہے کے بارے میں آگاہی اور تعلیم دی جائے۔ یہاں موجود درج ذیل مضامین آپ کو عالمی یوم آبادی کے بارے میں تفصیلی معلومات فراہم کریں گے۔

عالمی یوم آبادی پر مختصر اور طویل مضمون اردو میں

مضمون 1 (250 الفاظ).

آبادی کا عالمی دن 11 جولائی کو دنیا بھر میں منایا جاتا ہے تاکہ آبادی میں اضافے کے مسئلے کے بارے میں شعور اجاگر کیا جا سکے اور عالمی سطح پر اس کی طرف توجہ مبذول کرائی جا سکے۔

اس کا مشاہدہ کیوں کیا جاتا ہے ؟

عالمی یوم آبادی منانے کی ضرورت سب سے پہلے اقوام متحدہ کی گورننگ کونسل نے 1989 میں ظاہر کی تھی۔ 11 جولائی 1987 کے صرف دو سال بعد، عالمی آبادی تقریباً 5 بلین تک پہنچ گئی۔

لہذا، اقوام متحدہ کی جنرل اسمبلی نے دسمبر 1990 میں قرارداد 45/261 منظور کی، جس نے 11 جولائی کو سالانہ عالمی یوم آبادی کے طور پر مقرر کیا۔

اس دن کو منانے کا بنیادی مقصد آبادی میں بے قابو اضافے سے پیدا ہونے والے مسائل کی طرف دنیا کی توجہ مبذول کرانا اور ان کی روک تھام کے لیے ضروری اجتماعی اقدامات کرنا ہے۔ غربت، بے روزگاری اور ہیومن کوالٹی انڈیکس جیسے مسائل کا براہ راست تعلق آبادی سے ہے۔

عالمی یوم آبادی میں کیسے شرکت کی جائے؟

آبادی کے عالمی دن میں شرکت کا بہترین طریقہ یہ ہے کہ لوگوں کو آبادی میں اضافے کے اثرات سے آگاہ کیا جائے اور انہیں خاندانی منصوبہ بندی اور آبادی کو کنٹرول کرنے کے دیگر عام طریقوں سے آگاہ کیا جائے۔

آپ یا تو اس سلسلے میں کام کرنے والی کسی بھی این جی او میں شامل ہو سکتے ہیں یا اپنے علاقے میں رضاکارانہ کام کر سکتے ہیں۔ آپ عوام میں آگاہی اور تعلیم پھیلانے کے لیے دستیاب تمام سوشل میڈیا پلیٹ فارمز کی مدد بھی لے سکتے ہیں۔

آبادی میں بے قابو اضافہ وسائل کی دستیابی کو بہت حد تک محدود کرتا ہے اور معیار زندگی کو سنجیدگی سے خراب کرتا ہے۔ اس سلسلے میں ضروری اجتماعی اور انفرادی اقدامات کرنا نہ صرف وقت کی ضرورت ہے بلکہ دنیا کی دیگر اقوام کی بھی ذمہ داری ہے۔

مضمون 3 (400 الفاظ)

اقوام متحدہ کے زیراہتمام ہر سال دنیا 11 جولائی کو آبادی کا عالمی دن مناتی ہے۔ پہلا عالمی یوم آبادی 11 جولائی 1991 کو منایا گیا۔

“عالمی یوم آبادی” منانا کیوں ضروری ہے ؟

موجودہ دنیا کی آبادی 2020 کی پہلی سہ ماہی میں 7.8 بلین ہے اور ہر سال عالمی آبادی میں اضافے کا تخمینہ تقریباً 83 ملین ہے۔ اس شرح سے دنیا کی آبادی 2030 تک 8.6 بلین، 2050 تک 9.8 بلین اور صدی کے آخر تک 11.2 بلین تک پہنچنے کی توقع ہے۔

آبادی میں یہ اضافہ، اس حقیقت کے علاوہ کہ دستیاب وسائل کی کثرت جوں کی توں رہتی ہے، مؤخر الذکر پر دباؤ کے سوا کچھ نہیں ہوگا۔ درخواست دہندگان کے مقابلے میں بہت کم ملازمتیں ہوں گی۔ طبی نگہداشت وغیرہ کی ضرورت والے مریضوں کے مقابلے ہیلتھ ورکرز بھی کم ہوں گے۔

اس طرح تمام شعبوں جیسے تعلیم، ٹرانسپورٹ، کھپت وغیرہ میں صورتحال کم و بیش یکساں رہے گی۔ مزید یہ کہ بہت بڑی آبادی ضروری وسائل جیسے پانی، خوراک، ایندھن وغیرہ کو بھی استعمال کر لے گی۔ نتیجتاً یہ تمام وسائل جلد ہی ختم ہو جائیں گے، افسوس کی بات یہ ہے کہ جس شرح سے آبادی بڑھ رہی ہے، ہم اپنی پیداوار نہیں کر سکتے۔ قدرتی وسائل.

بھارت، چین، سری لنکا وغیرہ جیسے ترقی پذیر ممالک میں حالات سب سے زیادہ خراب ہوں گے، پاکستان اور افریقی ممالک جیسے انگولا، برونڈی وغیرہ کا ذکر نہ کیا جائے جو بہت کم ترقی یافتہ ممالک ہیں۔

عالمی یوم آبادی – ہندوستان

ہندوستان کی موجودہ آبادی تقریباً 1.36 بلین ہے۔ یہ چین کے بعد ہندوستان کو دنیا کا دوسرا سب سے زیادہ آبادی والا ملک بناتا ہے اور اس کی بڑھتی ہوئی رفتار کے ساتھ اس میں 2022 میں بھی چین کو پیچھے چھوڑنے کی اعلی صلاحیت ہے۔

ہندوستان ایک ترقی پذیر ملک ہے جو 2019 میں شائع شدہ اعداد و شمار کے مطابق انسانی ترقی کے اشاریہ کے درمیانے زمرے میں آتا ہے۔ سب سے تیزی سے بڑھتی ہوئی عالمی معیشت بننے کے دہانے پر ہونے کے باوجود، ہندوستان غربت، بھوک، بے روزگاری، اور بدعنوانی وغیرہ جیسے مسائل سے دوچار ہے۔

اس حقیقت کو تسلیم کرتے ہوئے کہ آبادی میں بے قابو اضافہ صورتحال کو مزید خراب کرے گا، ہندوستانی حکومت آبادی کا عالمی دن مناتی ہے، اس مقصد کے لیے اپنی پوری وابستگی کا اظہار بھی کرتی ہے۔

حکومت این جی اوز اور مقامی انتظامی اداروں کے ساتھ مل کر نچلی سطح پر لوگوں سے رابطے میں رہتی ہے۔ لوگوں کو معیار زندگی اور وسائل کی دستیابی پر آبادی کے اثرات کے بارے میں تعلیم دی جاتی ہے۔ کارکن اور رضاکار لوگوں میں مانع حمل اور خاندانی منصوبہ بندی سے متعلق تعلیمی مواد تقسیم کرتے ہیں۔

آبادی میں اضافہ ایک اہم مسئلہ ہے جس پر دنیا کو فوری طور پر ٹھوس اقدامات کرنے چاہئیں۔ ہندوستان جیسے ممالک، جو ابھی ترقی کے مرحلے میں ہیں، اگر وہ کبھی ترقی یافتہ ممالک کی لیگ میں شامل ہونا چاہتے ہیں تو اس مسئلے کو زیادہ سنجیدگی سے لینے کی ضرورت ہے۔

مضمون 3 (600 الفاظ)

آبادی کا عالمی دن ہر سال 11 جولائی کو منایا جاتا ہے تاکہ دنیا کی آبادی اور اس کی ترقی اور اس کے اثرات کے بارے میں شعور اجاگر کیا جا سکے۔ یہ عالمی سطح پر لوگوں کو آبادی کی وجہ سے وسائل پر بڑھتے ہوئے دباؤ کے بارے میں آگاہ کرنے اور خاندانی منصوبہ بندی وغیرہ جیسے اہم اقدامات اٹھانے کے لیے منایا جاتا ہے۔

عالمی یوم آبادی کا قیام 1989 میں اقوام متحدہ کے ترقیاتی پروگرام کی گورننگ کونسل نے کیا تھا۔ اس کے آغاز کی تاریخ 11 جولائی 1987 تھی جب دنیا کی آبادی پانچ ارب تک پہنچ گئی۔ یہ آبادی میں اضافے اور اس کے اثرات کے بارے میں بیداری لانے کے بارے میں تھا جسے عالمی یوم آبادی کے طور پر منایا گیا۔

عالمی یوم آبادی کی تجویز ڈاکٹر کے سی نے دی تھی۔ زکریا جنہوں نے 1971 سے 1987 تک ورلڈ بینک میں سینئر ڈیموگرافر کے طور پر خدمات انجام دیں۔ ڈاکٹر زکریا کا تعلق ریاست کیرالہ، بھارت سے ہے اور وہ اس وقت سینٹر فار ڈیولپمنٹ اسٹڈیز میں اعزازی پروفیسر کے طور پر کام کر رہے ہیں۔

تقریب کی مزید پیش رفت میں، اقوام متحدہ کی جنرل اسمبلی نے دسمبر 1990 میں قرارداد 45/126 منظور کی، جس میں اعلان کیا گیا کہ ہر سال 11 جولائی کو عالمی یوم آبادی کے طور پر منایا جائے گا۔

عالمی یوم آبادی کا آغاز دنیا کی توجہ آبادی کے مسائل کی طرف دلانے کے لیے کیا گیا تھا کہ آبادی میں مسلسل اضافہ ہمارے دستیاب وسائل کو کس طرح ختم کر سکتا ہے۔ یہ مشاہدے کا مرکز ہے کہ پوری دنیا کے لوگ آبادی کے دھماکے کے اثرات کو سمجھتے ہیں اور اس سے بچاؤ کے لیے مختلف طریقے اپناتے ہیں، جیسے خاندانی منصوبہ بندی وغیرہ۔

دنیا کی آبادی تقریباً 83 ملین سالانہ کی شرح سے بڑھ رہی ہے۔ یہاں تک کہ اگر چیزوں کو جوں کا توں رہنے دیا جائے اور شرح پیدائش میں کمی ہو رہی ہے، تب بھی 2030 تک دنیا کی آبادی 8.6 بلین ہو جائے گی، جس کا انحصار صحت، تعلیم اور دیگر دستیاب وسائل پر ہو گا۔ بہت زیادہ دباؤ پڑے گا۔ 2030 وہ سال بھی ہے جب دنیا نے پائیدار ترقی کے اہداف (SDGs) تک پہنچنے کا فیصلہ کیا ہے۔ یہ آبادی میں اضافے سے پیدا ہونے والے ان مسائل کے بارے میں بیداری پیدا کرنے کے لیے ہے جن کی اقوام متحدہ آبادی کے عالمی دن کے ذریعے چاہتی ہے۔

دنیا کا جائزہ

دنیا بھر میں آبادی کا عالمی دن منایا جاتا ہے جس کا مقصد آبادی میں اضافے کے بارے میں لوگوں کو آگاہ کرنا اور اس سے نمٹنے کے لیے تیاری کرنا ہے۔ اپنی بہت سی ایجنسیوں کے ساتھ ہم آہنگی میں، اقوام متحدہ عالمی رہنماؤں کے ساتھ رابطے میں رہتی ہے اور کاز ان سب کو ایک ساتھ لانے کی کوشش کرتا ہے۔

اقوام متحدہ کا فنڈ برائے آبادی کی سرگرمیوں – UNPFA (اب اقوام متحدہ کے پاپولیشن فنڈ – UNPF) واقعات کی نگرانی میں بڑھ چڑھ کر حصہ لیتا ہے۔ یہ آبادی میں اضافے کے پروگراموں کے لیے استعمال کیے جانے والے فنڈز اکٹھا اور منظم کرتا ہے۔

دنیا بھر میں اہم مقامات پر اعلیٰ سطحی کانفرنسیں منعقد کی جاتی ہیں جہاں مستقبل کے امکانات پر تبادلہ خیال کیا جاتا ہے۔ آلودگی، صحت کی دیکھ بھال، تعلیم، بے روزگاری، وسائل کی دستیابی، غربت وغیرہ جیسے عوامل پر آبادی میں اضافے کے اثرات جیسے مسائل پر بات کی گئی ہے۔ مشاہدے کا بنیادی مقصد عوام کو یہ پیغام دینا ہے کہ آبادی میں مسلسل اضافہ دنیا کی ترقی کے لیے کہیں سے بہتر نہیں ہے۔ آبادی میں اضافے کو کم کرنے کے لیے لوگوں کی ہر ممکن مدد کی جاتی ہے اور خاندانی منصوبہ بندی کرنے کی ترغیب دی جاتی ہے۔

بہت سی این جی اوز بھی اس عمل میں بڑھ چڑھ کر حصہ لیتی ہیں، جس میں لوگوں کو مذاکروں اور اسٹریٹ شوز کے ذریعے آبادی کے اثرات سے آگاہ کیا جاتا ہے۔ مفت بروشرز، ٹیمپلیٹس، کتابچے اور مانع حمل ادویات وغیرہ عوام میں مفت تقسیم کیے جاتے ہیں۔ حکومتی مشینری بھی اپنے دستیاب وسائل کو لوگوں کو باشعور اور باشعور بنانے کے لیے استعمال کرتی ہے۔

آبادی کا عالمی دن ایک اہم مسئلہ کو حل کرتا ہے جس کا براہ راست تعلق زمین پر معیار زندگی سے ہے اور اسے تمام اقوام کو بھرپور شرکت کے ساتھ منایا جانا چاہیے۔ آبادی کا دھماکہ ہمارے وسائل پر بہت زیادہ دباؤ ڈالتا ہے، جو یا تو ہمیں محروم کر دیتا ہے یا ہمارے معیار زندگی کو خراب کر دیتا ہے۔

© Copyright-2024 Allrights Reserved

Geography Notes

Essay on world population: top 10 essays | human geography.

ADVERTISEMENTS:

Here is a compilation of essays on ‘World Population’ for class 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12. Find paragraphs, long and short essays on ‘World Population’ especially written for school and college students.

Essay on World Population

Essay Contents:

• Essay on the Views of Malthus on World Overpopulation

Essay # 1. Introduction to World Population:

Human and economic geography are concerned with Man and his use of natural resources. The way in which land, sea, minerals, forests, and water supplies are used varies very much around the world, chiefly because of the wide variation of human numbers, human types and the stage of development of different human groups.

The rapid growth of population is perhaps the most obvious factor affecting present and future na­tional and regional development, but it is by no means the only population problem in the world today. Un­even distribution of population and conflicts stem­ming from racial, cultural, religious, social or political diversity are problems in almost every country in the world.

In 1977 the total world population was estimated at 4,105 million and by the end of the twentieth cen­tury it will have reached about 7,000 million. It is seen that world population is increasing ever more rapidly. This is because it increases in geo­metrical fashion (i.e. 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, . . .), rather than arithmetically (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, . . .).

Moreover the rate of growth in the last two centuries has been accelerated by the great advances in medicine, hygiene, and nutrition made all over the world. Death rates and particularly infant mortality rates have been drastically reduced so that more children grow up and themselves have families.

But enormous as the world population is, mere numbers do not present a problem if all the people in an area can be adequately fed, clothed, housed, edu­cated and employed. But this cannot always be done and this is why population growth creates problems.

Some of the main difficulties arise because people are not distributed evenly over the earth and because the age and sex structure of populations varies widely from country to country. Only in terms of these factors can we discuss whether a country is under- or over- populated.

Essay # 2. Distribution of World’s Population:

In terms of continents and countries the world’s popu­lation is very ill-balanced. More than half of the world’s people live in Asia (excluding the U.S.S.R.) which accounts for only one-fifth of the world’s land area, while North, Central and South America together, occupying more than a quarter of the land surface, have only one-seventh of the population.

The African continent also accounts for a quarter of the land sur­face but has just over one-tenth of the world popula­tion. On the other hand Europe, whose area is only one twenty-fifth of the total, has about one-ninth of the world’s people.

The distribution within the continents is also un­even. In Asia, China alone, with ab  out 900 million people, accounts for half the Asian and a quarter of the world population. The Indian subcontinent has a further 710 million people. In Europe too, the popu­lation is unevenly distributed. Far more people live in northern and western European countries than in southern and Eastern Europe.

The U.S.S.R. is the largest country in the world and has 259 million peo­ple but only a quarter of them live in the Asian sec­tion. In Africa and the Americas people are for the most part spread very thinly across the land, leaving large sections such as northern Canada, south-western U.S.A., the Sahara Desert, and the Amazon forests practically uninhabited.

The distribution of population depends to a large extent on the quality of the land itself, which is very uneven. Where the land is well suited to agriculture or there are natural resources for industrial development the population will naturally be larger than in areas where climatic conditions are hostile or where re­sources are few.

Thus population density, that is the number of people living in a unit area, varies widely. In Singapore there are nearly 4,000 people to the square kilometre (ppsk)or 10,300 people to the square mile (ppsm); in Belgium there are 320 (840); in Brazil only 13 (34) and in Mongolia less than 1 ppsk or 2 ppsm, though even within these countries the population is far from evenly spread.

A map of world population densities shows that while the great majority of the land surface is sparsely or moderately populated (between 0 and 50 ppsk or between 0 and 125 ppsm) some limited areas are very densely populated.

These areas are Western Europe, the Indian subcontinent, the plains and river valleys of China, and north-eastern U.S.A. Smaller concen­trations of people are found in the Nile Valley of Egypt, the island of Java in Indonesia and the south­ern part of Japan.

The factors which lead to high population densities are often complex, but those which restrict popu­lation are clear-cut. They are usually climatic factors and, despite modern advances in technology, most ’empty’ areas are never likely to be much more densely peopled than they are today.

Essay # 3. Features of Population Patterns in the World:

The broad features of world population distribution are clearly related to climatic, soil, and other physical factors. This is because such factors regulate the type and amount of crops which can be grown, determining both negative and positive areas for economic develop­ment.

But physical factors are not the only ones which affect population distribution. In most parts of the world the basic pattern of population due to physical factors has detailed variations imposed upon it as a result of social, ethnic, cultural or historical factors.

Some of the most important of such factors are the concentration of racial or linguistic groups in limited areas; the dominance of particular religions in certain areas which may in turn affect birth rates or economic development; the way of life of particular population groups which may mean for instance that a large area of land is required to support a relatively small num­ber of people; the history of settlement, which for instance has led to the dominance of the eastern sea­board in North America; and the history of coloniza­tion, which has led to the development of some tropi­cal areas, especially those nearest the coast.

Moreover modern developments such as rural resettlement, the introduction of new farming techniques, industrialization, the drift to the towns, and changes in the standard of living, are all leading to changes in the population patterns of many countries.

It is not possible in this book to cover the popula­tion pattern of the whole world in detail, but by deal­ing with some countries as examples the comparative roles of basic physical features, economic and social factors can be better understood.

(i) People’s Republic of China:

China has the largest population of any country in the world but its average population density is only about 75 ppsk (200 ppsm). Compared with countries such as the Netherlands (average density 410 ppsk: 1,601 ppsm) or Japan (310 ppsk: 800 ppsm), China does not appear particularly densely peopled.

However, average densities can be misleading where there is a very uneven spread of population, for about three- quarters of China’s population is concentrated in only 15 per cent of the land area. The most densely settled region is in the east, while the western half of the coun­try is still under-populated. Moderately populated dis­tricts are found on the fringes of the densely settled regions.

The physical background to this pattern is fairly clear: the eastern plains and river valleys, including the North China Plain, the Chang Jiang (Yangtze) basin, the Sichuan (Szechwan) basin and the Xi Jiang (Si Kiang) basin, offer ideal conditions for agriculture, with adequate monsoon rainfall, good soils, flat land and water for irrigation from the large rivers.

As a re­sult rural population densities are sometimes as large as 1,000 ppsk (2,500 ppsm). During the long history of settlement in eastern China only the inherent rich­ness of the land has enabled the population to expand to such proportions. The long tradition of dense set­tlement has led to the development of many towns and cities which must originally have served as markets and administrative centres, but have now become in­dustrial centres.

The existence of sixteen or more cities with over a million inhabitants helps to raise population densities in the eastern region; but in terms of the total population urbanization is not very im­portant, for only about one-sixth of the population lives in towns.

In the surrounding uplands and foothills the poorer agricultural opportunities, poorer accessibility and dif­ficulties of irrigating the steep slopes have led to more moderate population densities. Moderate densities are also found in the more favoured areas of the generally negative western provinces.

In the interior provinces of Xinjiang (Sinkiang), Gansu (Kansu), Qinghai (Tsinghai), Tibet and Inner Mongolia, where densities are generally less than 1 ppsk (3 ppsm), physical factors such as a cold continental climate, aridity, high alti­tude and inaccessibility have militated against intensive agriculture. The best form of land use is some form of herding.

This extensive type of agriculture is practiced by the Tibetans, Uighurs, Kazaks, Mongols and Kirghiz who inhabit the area but does not support large num­bers of people. The region is, however, capable of greater development than has hitherto taken place.

The contrasts between China proper and the in­terior are not all due to physical factors however. The sparse population of the interior is partly the result of the traditional way of life of the herders, for in recent years the growing of crops and the exploitation of mineral resources has led to an increase in population density.

In the more densely peopled regions, too, so­cial factors have helped to create overpopulation. Peo­ple could have moved westwards into the empty areas and relieved pressure on the lowlands, but partly be­cause the people of China proper are of true Chinese or Han race while the outer territories are peopled by other ethnic groups, and partly because the unfamiliar conditions would have meant the evolution of new forms of agriculture, this has not taken place on a large scale.

Recently, however, planned colonization of the interior has been encouraged by the communist gov­ernment. Pressure on land in China proper would also have been less, had industrial development taken place earlier, causing many people to migrate to the towns. To some extent this occurred in the 1950s and early 1960s when emphasis was placed on industrial devel­opment.

Despite government attempts to reduce the ‘drift to the towns’ this inevitable movement from the overcrowded countryside continues. The present popu­lation distribution pattern of China is the result of a combination of physical, social, historical and eco­nomic factors.

Present changes are due to the breaking down of traditional attitudes and the rational planning of economic development but it remains to be seen whether this will significantly alter the long-established pattern.

(ii) Canada:

Canada also has marked dis­parities in its population distribution pattern. Over 90 per cent of its 23 million people live in a narrow belt not more than 320 km (200 miles) wide, immediately north of the U.S. border, leaving the vast Northlands practically uninhabited.

Even within the settled belt there are marked differences in population densities for the western coast, the Prairies and the Maritime Provinces are only moderately peopled while the St. Lawrence lowlands are more densely peopled.

The small total population of the country means, however, that nowhere are there the extremely high densities found in China. The main basis of this pattern is the physical background. The cold climate, permafrost, short growing season, rocky terrain and poor soils of the Northlands means that except in certain favoured areas, agriculture is not possible.

The Northlands do have some physical advantages, such as rich mineral resources, coniferous forests and swift-flowing rivers for the generation of H.E.P., but none of these need a large or permanently settled population for their ex­ploitation.

The only permanent inhabitants of the re­gion are Eskimos and certain Indian tribes, who have adapted their way of life to the harsh conditions and have traditionally, depended on hunting and fishing, neither of which supports a dense population.

The Northlands are not the only negative area as far as settlement is concerned; the Rocky Mountain ranges are also sparsely peopled. The climate in the moun­tains is severe, the slopes are steep and rocky and ac­cessibility is limited by the terrain. Only limited coastal areas and valleys are suitable for settlement and these support only a moderate population.

The Prairies have a moderately dense population because the main activity is agriculture. Extensive, highly mechanized farming does not offer employment opportunities to more than a moderate number of people.

The most densely settled parts of the Prairie provinces are those where mineral resources (oil and phosphates) offer some possibilities of industrial de­velopment, or where more intensive agriculture is pos­sible as in the Red River Valley.

The cool, foggy, damp climate of the Maritime Provinces, the hilly terrain and the limited agricultural lands are only suited to a moderate population den­sity, but the better conditions of the St. Lawrence lowlands lead to a denser settlement. The possibilities of more intensive agricultural development, good water communications, and land of moderate relief are the main physical advantages of the region.

Physical factors are not all-important, however, in determining Canada’s population distribution. Re­moteness from central services, and fear of loneliness play some part in keeping the Northlands empty. Similarly the distance of the Prairies from contacts with the rest of the world, limits the willingness of people to live there as well as hampering industrial growth for lack of markets. The eastern seaboard was the first area settled by European immigrants.

As the longest-settled part of the country it has the best social and cultural amenities. Its nearness to Europe allows traditional links with Britain and France to be main­tained as well as promoting trade and industry. Anoth­er reason for the concentration of settlement in the south-east of the country is the proximity of the U.S.A.’s industrial belt.

This has encouraged invest­ment and therefore industrial development and has led to a greater density of population, especially in and around the industrial centres of Toronto, Kingston, Montreal and Quebec. The Maritimes have not had the same advantage for they adjoin the northern New England states which themselves suffer from inaccessi­bility. Social factors also play an important role.

The population of Canada is descended mainly from immi­grants; about half from British and a third from French stock. Descendants of immigrants of other nationali­ties are far fewer in number. While the English-speaking Canadians are found throughout the country, the French are concentrated in Quebec and eastern On­tario.

This is mainly because they feel most at home in a French environment, where French is spoken, French language papers and French food are available. Because of this concentration, and the fact that most of the French Canadians are Catholics, the birth rate is high and this leads to a denser population. For these various reasons, therefore, the provinces of Quebec and Ontario have about two-thirds of the Canadian population.

(iii) Peninsular Malaysia:

It is not only large countries with a wide range of physical and climatic regions which have a marked disparity in population distribution. Peninsular Malaysia has far greater den­sities of population on its western coastlands than in other parts of the country. This is partly due to the far greater possibilities for agriculture on the west where the lowlands are broader than on the east.

In the north are the wide padi-lands of Kedah and Perlis, while far­ther south are undulating lowlands which were found ideal for the growing of export crops, especially rub­ber and oil palm. On the East Coast, however, the swampy coastal plain is narrower and gives way more rapidly to mountainous terrain, except in the north in a region around Kota Bharu and Kuala Trengganu where the lowlands are wider and support a high rural population growing rice, rubber and other crops.

The western lowlands proved ideal for colonial plantation development not only from a physical standpoint but also because of their proximity to the Strait of Malacca which has always been a major sea- route. Ports such as Malacca, Port Kelang and George Town provided outlets for the produce of the western coastlands.

Ports on the east coast did not have the advantage of facing such a major seaway. Population was expanded in the west by an influx of immigrant labourers for the plantations. Nowadays the West Coast is still favoured for agricultural development both in plantations and smallholdings because of the existing infrastructure of roads, market towns and ports.

The other important factor has been the exploita­tion of vast reserves of tin which occur largely in the western coastal plains. Here again immigrants came in to work the mines or came as traders to support and serve the mining communities.

Tin and rubber trading led to the establishment of far more market towns in western districts and these in turn have grown into ex­panding industrial and commercial centres. George Town, Ipoh and Kuala Lumpur alone house 15 per cent of the Peninsular Malaysian population.

Agriculture and fishing have led to a moderate popu­lation on the East Coast but the centre of the country, which is mountainous, forested and ill-provided with transport routes has few people and is far more diffi­cult and expensive to develop. Government policy is to help open up the land for settlement through settle­ment schemes such as that at Jengka Triangle but this will make little impact on overall population distribution.

(iv) Nigeria:

Nigeria has a very compli­cated pattern of population distribution, with three separate centres of dense population divided by regions of moderate or sparse settlement. This pattern is part­ly governed by physical factors, since the area of least dense population, known as the Middle Belt, coincides with a region of poor soils, low rainfall and inadequate groundwater supplies. The tsetse fly is also a great problem in this region.

The regions of dense popula­tion are those where climate, soils and terrain are more favourable, and where a wide variety of food and cash crops can be grown. In the south-east the main cash crop is oil palm, in the south-west cocoa and some oil palm, and in the north the main crops are cotton and groundnuts.

Areas of moderate population density tend to be found on the more marginal land on the fringes of the densely settled zones and in those parts of the sparsely settled zones which are better served by roads, railways or river transport and are thus more accessible.

Many other factors than those of climate and soil have contributed to the present pattern. Perhaps the most important is that each of the main centres of population is the chief area of settlement of one of the three main ethnic groups in Nigeria. The Ibos are con­centrated in the south-east, the Yorubas in the south­west, and the Muslim Hausa peoples in the north.

These are the three most successful and powerful groups and their numbers have increased more rapidly than those of smaller groups which were more subject to wars, slave raiding and general unrest. As a result of these ethnic differences and the separate development of the three groups, the detailed population distribu­tion differs from one densely settled region to another.

In the north the main centres of population are large, isolated towns such as Kano and Sokoto which have traditionally served as termini on the caravan routes of the Sahara. In the south-west, the towns are more con­centrated, forming an area of dense population includ­ing Ibadan, Oshogbo and Oyo; the rural population is also fairly dense. Lagos, the capital city, has grown rapidly by in-migration and is the centre of another densely settled region.

The south-eastern concentra­tion of population is characterized, however, by few large urban centres but by very high rural densities, reaching about 700 ppsk (1,500 ppsm) in some dis­tricts, and is thus more similar to densely settled rural areas in some Asian countries than to conditions in most parts of Africa. The south-east is also the region where major oil exploitation has taken place with as­sociated industrial development.

The Middle Belt, which represents a negative area for settlement has also been affected by factors other than those of terrain. Though poor, this region is in fact capable of greater economic development than has hitherto taken place. It could support more peo­ple, but its population was greatly reduced in the past by slave raiding by the more powerful tribes of the north and south. Some regions such as the Jos Plateau and the Niger Valley, which have mineral and agricul­tural potential are now being developed and are gain­ing population.

Many of the moderately settled areas on the fringes of densely settled regions could also support far more people. In some cases natural conditions in such areas are highly suitable to agriculture. However, people from the overcrowded regions have not moved into them because of traditional social attitudes and their wish to stay near friends, homes and existing cultural centres.

Recent government policy has encouraged a wider spread of settlement by developing transport, mineral resources, power supplies and agriculture in the regions still capable of supporting a larger popula­tion.

Essay # 4. Population Structure of the World:

Population structure is analysed in terms of age and sex groupings and is represented by population pyra­mids. By studying such diagrams it is possible to gain a clearer idea of the population characteristics of any given country.

In working-class families all the children could contribute to the family income. However, death rates were also very high be­cause epidemic diseases such as bubonic plague, chol­era and typhoid had not been brought under control and tuberculosis was also very common. Moreover low standards of hygiene and nutrition meant that infant mortality rates were also high. It was therefore neces­sary to have a large family so that at least some of the children would live.

During the nineteenth century great advances were made in medicine and the death rate began to fall, but the birth rate remained high so that the population expanded rapidly. During the twentieth century a different pattern has emerged.

The First World War and the Depression of the 1920s impressed upon people the difficulty of feeding, clothing and educating a large family of chil­dren. Children were no longer an economic asset, con­tributing their labour or wages to the family as they had done in the past. At the same time people wished to give their children a better education and better homes than they had had themselves. This led to a de­cline in the birth rate.

This trend was assisted by the fact that, with far better living conditions and health facilities, children had a much better chance of sur­vival. At first this trend was more apparent in the towns than in the country districts and in middle-class rather than in working-class families but it eventually affected the whole population. Birth rates dropped even further during the Second World War and though there was a post war ‘baby boom’ when the number of babies born was very large, the size of families re­mained small.

People live longer on an average and Britain therefore has an ageing population. The proportion of the population living to ages of 65 or more has doubled since the late nineteenth century. Britain’s death rate is slightly higher than that of Aus­tralia or the U.S.A. because of the large proportion of older people in the population.

The nicks in the pyra­mid at age groups 60—64 and 35—49 reflect the very low birth rates of the Depression and war years (1920s and 1939-45) while the bulge in the 10-20 year age groups indicates higher birth rates in the more hopeful economic conditions of the 1960s which has petered out with renewed economic difficulties in the late 1970s.

Britain’s population is now decreasing. People are unwilling to have many children who have to be supported through many years of education, and who thus restrict the money available for material comforts in the home or for leisure pursuits.

Other European countries have a similar population structure though there are minor differences. In West Germany for instance the birth rate is so low that the population is decreasing markedly and may drop from 57 million today to 52 million by the year 2000.

Some countries in Europe and elsewhere attempt to encour­age population growth by giving child allowances or tax relief to lessen the financial burden of larger fami­lies, e.g. in France. But in Spain and Ireland, where the Catholic Church forbids birth-control, birth rates are still high and the population still has a high pro­portion of young people and is growing.

Population structure in most Asian, African and Latin American countries is very different from that of Europe. Death rates have declined markedly in the twentieth century, though they are still a little higher than in Europe or North America because standards of hygiene, nutrition and disease control are lower.

The proportion of old people in the population is very small. The moderate decline in the death rate however has not been matched by a change in the birth rate which remains very high, so that the popu­lation contains many young people. The pyramids for most underdeveloped countries are even more broadly based than that of Britain in the nineteenth century.

In many of these countries it will take a long time to overcome the traditional attitudes and lack of know­ledge of family planning techniques though some countries such as India give great publicity and promi­nence to family planning. Few of the underdeveloped countries show any sign of a voluntary change to small­er families. Only in some of the most rapidly develop­ing countries, such as Singapore have birth rates de­clined rapidly.

Singapore is small and changes in birth rates affect the population quite quickly. Singapore has a policy of encouraging two children per family by imposing financial penalties on families with more than two children. Japan with 114,000,000 people and among the lowest death and infant-mortality rates in the world today has an interesting population history.

Until the early 1950s except for a nick in the male 30—45 age groups, caused by deaths during the Second World War, the pyramid resembled that of any other traditionally agricultural country. However the impact of industrialization, urbanism and a rising standard of living led to a decline in the birth rate and the pyramid is now ‘top-heavy’, though it still does not show the concentration in the middle and older age groups found in European countries.

The case of Japan illustrates the time-lag in changes in population structure, for though industrial develop­ment began in the late nineteenth century, it took fifty years for the effect to be felt in the population structure. Population structure in Japan now follows the European pattern.

Migration can have profound effects on population structure. This relates to Australia but in the 1950s and 1960s the U.S.A., Canada and New Zealand had a similar pattern. Immi­gration into these countries is much more restricted today. Immigrants are usually young people who have their families in their new country, encouraged by the better standards of living they find there.

The immi­grants themselves swell the population in the 30—45 age groups while their children help to increase the proportion of people under 20. When the rate of im­migration slows down the population becomes more stable. The U.S.A., for example, now has a declining birth rate. Immigration of large numbers of people of a different racial group often produces a temporary imbalance both in age and sex structure, because the bulk of immigrants are men, and also in racial com­position.

An age, sex pyramid divided by race for Peninsular Malaysia in 1931 illustrates this. Men out­number women in the middle age groups while a time lag between the bulk of Chinese and the bulk of Indian immigration is also seen.

Indian women came into the country mainly after the men. At this stage immigrants were not settling down to have families so the percen­tage of young Chinese and Indians in the population was smaller than that of Malays.

Migration not only affects the population structure of the receiving countries, but also that of the home countries of emigrants. Thus between 1850 and 1900 Ireland’s population was reduced from 8 to 4 million people by migration, about 90 per cent of which was to the U.S.A. Many young people left and the birth rate was drastically reduced. This migration has now slowed down and the population is beginning to as­sume a more normal pattern.

The sex structure of population is also important. The proportion of men to women affects the rate of population growth through the net reproduction ratio, which measures the rate at which the present genera­tion of women is being replaced by daughters who will in turn have children.

The calculation of this ratio allows forecasts of future population trends to be made. The numbers of men and women are usually fairly even but are sometimes out of balance after such events as wars, when more men than women are killed. The numbers are usually uneven in the higher age groups because women tend to live longer than men.

Essay # 5. Population Problems of Advanced Countries:

Underdeveloped countries do not have a monopoly of population problems, though in general their prob­lems are more widespread and more difficult to solve. It is, however, worthwhile to note the problems of in­dustrial and urbanized societies, some of which are becoming increasingly serious.

1. Ageing Population:

As the birth rate is low the proportion of younger people in the population is relatively small and the low death rate and high life expectancy mean that there is an ever-increasing pro­portion of older people in the population. Many retire from active work in their sixties and then become dependent on the working population. Provision of pensions and other facilities, e.g. extra health services, for elderly people pose financial problems.

2. Small Work Force:

As educational standards improve children remain longer at school and join the work force later. This, combined with the low birth rate, means that the labour force expands only slowly while industrial and other employment opportunities continue to multiply. Despite a high degree of mecha­nization in most industries many countries are short of workers.

In Europe for instance workers migrate from Italy, Greece, Yugoslavia and Turkey which are some­what overpopulated, to Germany and Switzerland where there are insufficient workers. Another problem is that the work force is generally well-educated and skilled and there is a shortage of unskilled workers. Because the majority of workers are skilled and the work force is relatively small wages are high.

3. Rural Depopulation:

Towns provide ameni­ties such as shops, entertainment and better social services, which cannot be matched in country districts, and employment is usually easier to find in urban areas. For this reason there is a steady movement of people from the country to the towns so that in some areas farms are even abandoned.

The fewer people live in the country the less economic it is to provide serv­ices and the greater becomes the disparity between town and country. Where rural depopulation is accom­panied by mechanization and rationalization of farm­ing and thus a rise in income, an improvement may result, but often the country districts suffer a decline in living standards.

4. Urbanization:

As towns expand, the pressure on transport, water supplies, sewage and refuse disposal grows and creates problems. Smoke and chemical ef­fluents from factories produce air and water pollution. Traffic congestion and noise are other problems.

Ten­sions created by urban life lead to a far higher incidence of mental illness than in underdeveloped countries, and pollution, particularly fumes from motor vehicles, also has physical health hazards. Urban sprawl is anoth­er problem; the expanding towns engulf land which would otherwise be suitable for agriculture and thus reduce self-sufficiency in many countries.

Underdeveloped and advanced countries have some problems in common, for most countries are unevenly developed. Most advanced countries have areas where agriculture or industry could be improved or where the population is too large. Similarly the underdeveloped countries all have large towns where the problems are similar to those of urbanized societies everywhere.

It is also important to bear in mind the differences be­tween underdeveloped countries. Some have a much better resource base or a smaller population, and these, such as Argentina, Mexico and Malaysia, are much more likely to be able to overcome their problems than countries with few resources and a large popula­tion with fixed traditional ideas.

Essay # 6 . Moderately Populated Areas of the World:

Around the margins of sparsely-populated areas the density of population gradually increases; only occa­sionally are low and high densities found side by side with no transition zone. The sharpest changes occur between the irrigated and non-irrigated areas in the deserts, the most notable example being the con­trast between the Nile Valley and the surrounding desert.

The moderately peopled regions of the world are usually those where agriculture is the dominant occu­pation. The climate, relief and soil are thus the main factors affecting population density; the more favour­able these conditions are, the more people the land can support. But human and economic factors such as communications and accessibility to markets also af­fect population patterns.

The moderately-peopled parts of the world are of four main types:

(i) Tropical Savannas:

The savanna areas have a very seasonal climate with summer rainfall and a natural vegetation of grass and scattered trees which are adapted to withstand the drought of the winter. Various types of extensive farming are practised. Ranching is important in the sertao of Brazil, in north­ern Australia and in many parts of Africa.

Shifting cultivation provides food crops for the scattered popu­lations in Brazil and Africa though some areas have been developed for the cultivation of cash crops, such as groundnuts, tobacco, sisal or pyrethrum, either on large estates or smallholdings. None of these occupa­tions supports a dense population.

(ii) Temperate Grasslands:

In temperate con­tinental areas there are broad stretches of grassland where the climate is relatively dry and most of the rain falls in summer. Temperatures are high in summer and very low in winter. The growing season is long enough for cereal cultivation but where there is insuf­ficient moisture ranching is the dominant occupation.

The largest grassland areas are in North America (the Prairies), U.S.S.R. (the Steppes), and Argentina (the Pampas), but parts of interior Australia and South Africa have similar conditions. The grasslands coincide with vast plains or with regions of undulating terrain and are thus ideal for large-scale, mechanized cereal cultivation, but neither this nor ranching supports a large population.

Both savannas and temperate grasslands are con­tinental in location and lack of communications and remoteness have helped to keep the population rela­tively small. The best developed areas are those with good lines of transport, e.g. Argentina. Settlement has often followed the building of railways, such as the Trans-Siberian or the Canadian Pacific.

(iii) Tropical Coastlands:

While the interiors of tropical countries are often not well developed, the more accessible tropical regions have been cleared of forest and are devoted to agriculture. Both food crops such as rice and maize and cash crops such as rubber, oil palm, cocoa and sugar-cane are important in the lowlands, while tea and coffee are grown in the high­lands.

Coastal areas are preferred since accessibility to the sea is an advantage to growers of these dominantly export crops. Many areas were cleared only in the nineteenth century and thus populations are not as large as those found in tropical countries with a long agricultural tradition.

(iv) Temperate Coastlands:

Temperate coast- lands have a moderate climate, with an adequate rain- fall and no great extremes of temperature, so that a very wide range of crops can be grown. Livestock also form an important part of the agricultural economy. Farming is well established and although farms are usually small in size, yields per hectare are high.

As a result the land can support fairly large numbers of people, and such areas as central and eastern Europe, central, southern and north-western U.S.A., south­eastern Australia, central Chile and along the Plate estuary in Argentina, therefore have a moderate to dense population.

Both tropical and temperate coastlands are more densely peopled than the continental interiors, partly because the climate is more favourable and partly be­cause communications and markets are better. The larger the population the faster it will grow and the greater will be the market for agricultural and other goods.

This in turn helps to promote improvements in farming practices and the production of larger crops. The more productive the land the more peo­ple it can support. Areas of moderate population grad­ually merge into more densely settled areas where intensive farming and the development of industry allow far more people to get a living from the land.

Essay # 7 . Densely Populated Areas of the World :

Only limited areas of the world have high densities of population and these have all the advantages of good climatic, soil and relief conditions, as well as re­sources of fuel and industrial raw materials. The largest populations also grow most rapidly so that, unless there is rapid out-migration, people tend to concen­trate in relatively restricted areas.

The development of urban areas with many people, markets, shops, en­tertainment and other facilities tend to attract people from the surrounding areas.

Densely populated regions fall into two main categories, those dependent mostly on agriculture and those dependent mostly on indus­try:

(i) Agriculture:

Some of the most densely peo­pled parts of the world rely basically on agriculture. Industry has been developed in these areas and there are many large towns but a large proportion of the population still lives and works on the land. These areas include the Nile Valley of Egypt, the river valleys and plains of mainland China, the Indo-Gangetic plain and western coastal plain of the Indian subcontinent, and the island of Java in Indonesia.

In these areas as many as 1,000-2,000 people may live on a square kilometre (3,000-4,000 per square mile) of land. This is only possible because climate, relief, soil and water supply in the regions are favourable. Egypt has a Medi­terranean type of climate which is suitable for many crops and the Nile waters have been harnessed to irri­gate the fields.

In India, too, the fertile alluvial soils of the plains, the availability of water for irrigation in the dry season, the regular rhythm of the monsoons and high temperatures all the year round, allow several crops to be grown each year.

In China warm summers, monsoon rainfall, irrigation, constant manuring of the soil, and the careful management of the land, all con­tribute to support a huge rural population. Java has a warm climate, heavy rainfall and rich volcanic soils.

These areas were always advantageous for settle­ment. The Nile, Indus and Huang He (Hwang Ho) val­leys were the centres of ancient civilizations and as agriculture developed large settled populations were built up. Numbers have continued to grow ever since but farming techniques have not been modernized at the same rate.

As the capacity of the land to provide food has been outstripped the people have become poorer. Farms are very small—often not more than half a hectare and although a wide variety of cash crops is grown the cultivation of food crops is more important. Rice is the main food crop and is supple­mented by vegetables; poultry are kept, and buffaloes, sheep and goats are important in Egypt, Indonesia and India, and pigs in China.

The pressure on land is continually increasing as more and more people must be fed from the same plot, and such large populations can only live off the land because the people are willing to subsist on a relatively meagre diet of little nutri­tional value. Overcrowding thus leads to poverty and a low standard of living which in turn makes moderni­zation difficult because people cannot afford to buy machinery or fertilizers.

Moreover the farms are often too small to use modern techniques efficiently. Farm­ing could be done much more effectively by fewer people working larger plots of land but there is as yet no alternative source of employment in the towns of these countries. Large-scale industry has only recently been established and may never be able to compensate for population problems which have existed for so long.

(ii) Industry:

The densely populated areas depen­dent on industry and urban development are Western Europe, north-eastern U.S.A., and Japan. These areas are less extensive than densely peopled agricultural areas and are radically different, for most of the peo­ple live in large towns and few in the country.

The food for these large centres of population is not pro­duced locally but drawn from all over the world, so they are much more dependent on industry, trade and commerce. Unlike densely peopled agricultural areas they have a generally high standard of living and rather than getting poorer they are becoming richer as new techniques and ideas create greater employment op­portunities.

However problems of traffic, noise, pollu­tion, disposal of waste and provision of water supplies become greater as towns expand, and as the standard of living improves, health, education, recreation and other amenities must be provided at greater and great­er cost. Large urban centres attract ever larger popu­lations by in-migration, for while improved agricultural methods mean that fewer people are needed in the country, employment opportunities are much greater in the cities.

The three areas of high urban population differ from one another for historical reasons. The Industrial Revolution first took place in Britain where industrial­ization coincided with a phase of rural depopulation, caused by changes in land tenure, which provided workers for the factories in the towns.

At this time too, medical advances brought down the death rate and thus the population began to expand rapidly so that a large urban labour force was available through­out the nineteenth century. Mineral resources such as coal and iron were also available and trading relation­ships with other countries were already well-established so that raw materials could be obtained and goods marketed all over the world.

Industrialization spread to Belgium, northern France and later to Ger­many, but in these countries agricultural reform did not take place as early as in England and there is still a relatively large agricultural population.

The industrial district of the U.S.A. is an offshoot of the European region. Immigrants from Europe brought their knowledge and skill in industry to the new country, where the huge resources of coal, oil, iron, copper and many other raw materials allowed industry to develop rapidly. Large industrial towns and cities were already established before the whole country was settled.

Japan was traditionally an agricultural nation with a large rural population similar to that of China, and had little contact with other countries. In the late nineteenth century, however, this isolation was broken down and the advantages of industry were realized. Many circumstances aided the growth of Japanese in­dustry and its already large population was transformed from an agricultural to an urban one.

In this Japan differs from other industrial regions where the growth of population occurred at the same time as the growth of industry. As a result the popu­lation pattern in Japan is different; 13 per cent of the people still depend on agriculture as compared with only 2 per cent in Britain for example.

Essay # 8 . Problems of Overpopulation across the World :

There are underdeveloped countries where the level of technological development inhibits agricultural effi­ciency and the establishment of industry even though the resources exist in the country. Such countries have additional problems if they are overpopulated like China or India. In these countries the modern indus­trial economy has been grafted on to a traditional agricultural one and the two have not yet been proper­ly balanced.

Another group of countries which are underdeveloped are those which lack population, al­though they sometimes have advanced societies and command modern technological methods. These coun­tries, such as Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Zaire, or Asiatic U.S.S.R., have tremendous resources which cannot be fully developed because of lack of population.

Their problems are often accentuated by adverse climatic conditions. Population problems are thus among the basic difficulties of underdeveloped countries but those of overpopulation are of course different from those of under-population.

(i) Rapid Population Growth:

Large popula­tions increase rapidly and in most underdeveloped countries the birth rate is high and family planning is not practiced on a large scale. This means that there is a large proportion of young people in the population who are dependent on the relatively small working section of the population. At the same time the large number of young people puts extra strain on social services, especially education.

(ii) Unemployment:

In many underdeveloped countries industry is not well-established and there are few employment opportunities for unskilled work­ers. Unemployment is therefore high. On the other hand there is often a shortage of skilled workers be­cause there are few facilities for training.

In overpopulated rural areas unemployment or under-employment is also a major problem; people migrate to the towns where it is often even more difficult to find work. Moreover the towns become overcrowded, making living conditions poorer.

(iii) Housing and Health:

The standard of living in overpopulated countries is low and housing condi­tions are often poor and overcrowded. Standards of hygiene and nutrition are also low which leads to health problems such as malnutrition, and the spread of dis­eases. Prevention and cure of disease is hampered by insanitary conditions, by the ignorance of the people, by the lack of financial resources and often by the sheer numbers of people involved.

(iv) Under-Utilization of Agricultural Re­sources:

Traditional methods of agriculture, out­dated or inadequate equipment, lack of financial re­sources for improving farms, the non-use of fertilizer and the non-use or misuse of marginal agricultural land, such as highlands, may all help to keep agricultural production much lower than its potential. Difficulties of rationalizing farming techniques and reforming land tenure to give larger, more economic farms are aggra­vated by lack of capital and by traditional atti­tudes of the farmers who are often slow to accept new ideas.

(v) Slow Growth of Industry:

In most under­developed countries industry is only slowly becoming established. Apart from lack of local capital which makes the actual exploitation of resources or setting- up of factories difficult, the population factors are important. The labour force, though large in number is generally unskilled and has no background of indus­trial employment.

Similarly, although the large popu­lation should provide a good market for the finished goods, the majority of the people are poor and cannot afford to buy the products. To produce goods cheaply for a small market mechanized manufacture is most economical but this employs very few workers and does not help the employment situation.

(vi) Traditional Attitudes:

Traditional or reli­gious attitudes may militate against change or may make conditions worse. Birth-control is forbidden by the Catholic Church, for instance, and caste restric­tions on occupations in India also help to slow down development. Less important is the conservatism of rural people regarding farming methods and the intro­duction of new crops. This kind of attitude can be removed by education in a way that religious beliefs cannot.

Essay # 9 . Problems of Under-Population across the World :

(i) uneven distribution of population :.

Average population densities for under-populated coun­tries are low, and in many areas there are practically no people at all. Small populations increase slowly, even though birth rates are often high. Immigration is an important source of people but it is usually to the towns rather than to the country that new immigrants go.

At the same time the towns with their better con­ditions attract people from the already sparsely settled countryside. Imbalance between town and country is a major problem of under-populated countries.

(ii) Remoteness:

It is difficult to increase settle­ment in sparsely populated areas because people are unwilling to forego the amenities of the town. Where there are few people it is uneconomic to provide elab­orate communications, health, education or other facilities. This in turn increases the unwillingness of people to settle in such areas.

(iii) Under-Utilization of Resources:

Lack of population makes it difficult for a country to de­velop its resources to the full. Minerals will usually be extracted, especially precious metals and petroleum, because the desire for wealth will overcome other con­siderations. Agricultural resources are more difficult to develop because they require more and harder work over a long period of years before they show a good return.

In the nineteenth century when the U.S.A. was settled people were prepared to develop the land be­cause many of them were landless peasants, but immigrants to under-populated countries today generally prefer town life.

(iv) Slow Growth of Industry:

The growth of industry is often slow in under-populated countries because there is a shortage of labour, especially skilled labour, e.g. in the South American and African coun­tries. Where skilled labour has to be brought in this raises the cost of industrial development. Moreover the small population does not always provide an adequate market even where the standard of living is high.

(v) Climatic Problems:

Many under-populated countries have hostile climatic or relief conditions which make settlement difficult or dangerous for im­migrants. Such conditions obstruct development and are likely never to be fully overcome.

Are there any solutions to the problems of under­developed countries? In terms of economics the major need is for an infusion of capital, probably in the form of foreign aid, to finance development. In terms of population the need is for a decline in birth rates in overpopulated countries, but progress towards this end is extremely slow so that the improvement of agricul­ture, establishment of industry and extension of edu­cational, health and other facilities will in the long run be more important in solving overpopulation by mak­ing better use of available resources.

In under-populated countries immigration might be increased but this could only work if immigrants possessed the right skills and were prepared to live in the sparsely populated areas. To open up under-populated areas is both diffi­cult and expensive and thus economic factors are again paramount.

Essay # 10 . Views of Malthus on World Overpopulation:

Thomas Malthus was an English clergyman who, in 1798, published an Essay on the Principle of Popu­lation in which he put forward the view that, ‘the power of population is indefinitely greater than the power of the earth to produce subsistence for man’. He thought that a balance could only be maintained if famine, disease or war periodically increased the death rate and reduced population growth.

His pessimistic ideas were accepted by several other nineteenth-century scholars in England and France and many people still hold similar views today. Is this pessimistic view really justified?

In the first place it is important to realize the context of Malthus’ work. He was not considering the world as a whole but only England. Moreover he wrote almost 200 years ago when conditions certainly justified some of his conclusions.

At the end of the eighteenth century the popu­lation of England was only about 10 million, but much of their food supply had to be produced from the limited agricultural land of the country. The Agricultural Revolution of the late eighteenth cen­tury had brought about many improvements, but farming methods and crop yields were still much lower than they are today.

Changes in land tenure, brought about by enclosure of the old common fields and the formation of large farms in the place of small scattered plots, led to rural depopulation. The towns, especially those where the new factory industries had been established, grew very rapidly and were overcrowded, dirty and unhealthy. The people who lived in them were poor, under-fed, overworked and had little resistance to disease.

Thus, had food supplies been reduced or popula­tion expanded too rapidly, these people would have suffered and starvation and epidemics would have reduced the population. This had already hap­pened twice during England’s history; the Black Death of the fourteenth century and the Great Plague of the seventeenth century coincided with periods when harvests were bad and there were food shortages. Hunger reduced resistance to dis­eases and bubonic plague caused the death of many thousands of people.

Malthus was afraid that something similar would happen again. In his time great advances were being made in the treatment and control of diseases such as cholera, typhoid and smallpox which were still rife in England and Europe. This meant that death rates, and particularly infant mortality rates, were falling.

Malthus calculated that population could double every 25 years, but no similar increases in food supplies could be expected. Given the social conditions of the time it was not therefore surpris­ing that his predictions should be pessimistic. He could not have foreseen the tremendous changes which were to take place in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

These changes completely altered the economic and social conditions in Britain and Europe:

1. Great improvements have taken place in agri­cultural production as a result of better farm man­agement, increased use of fertilizers and pesticides, use of better seeds and livestock breeds, application of soil-conservation methods and so on. These im­provements led to considerable increases in the yields of most agricultural products and also allow­ed hitherto unusable land to be brought into profit­able use.

2. During the nineteenth century vast new agri­cultural regions in America, Africa and Australasia were opened up and large-scale plantation agricul­ture was established in tropical countries. Improve­ments in transportation not only allowed migrants to reach new areas and bring them into production, but also meant that their crops could be easily transported to Britain and Europe to supplement local food supplies.

3. The population did not expand anything like as fast as Malthus predicted. The rate of increase declined largely as a result of a decreasing birth rate although death rates continued to fall. Improved standards of living, the costs of maintaining a large family and especially the difficulties of the depres­sion and the two World Wars in the first half of the twentieth century all contributed to the trend to­wards smaller families and a slower rate of popula­tion growth.

Thus, in Europe at least, Malthus’ predictions were proved wrong by events. But many people still apply his ideas to underdeveloped countries, where advances in agriculture are slower and population growth much more rapid. Death rates in many un­derdeveloped countries have been reduced but can still be lowered considerably.

In some ways this gives these countries a breathing space for if current high birth rates were combined with the low death rates of advanced countries, populations would ex­pand so rapidly that it would indeed be impossible to feed them. On this basis, for instance, India’s population could be trebled in less than 50 years.

Death rates are linked with levels of hygiene, nutri­tion and housing and will fall as Living standards improve. Fortunately these improvements are grad­ually taking place. The question remains-when death rates reach their lowest level, will a propor­tional reduction have occurred in birth rates?

There are several reasons to hope that the future of underdeveloped countries is not as bleak as it seems:

1. Rapid and efficient means of transportation have benefited not only Europe but the rest of the world. Thus if there is famine in one area food sup­plies can usually be brought in from elsewhere.

2. On a world scale there is no real food short­age and in many fields, such as livestock and dairy products, output could be greatly expanded in a very short time. But financial considerations pre­vent poor countries from purchasing as much food as they need or could absorb. Thus huge surpluses of wheat, for example, cannot be sold to the coun­tries which need them most.

Other food crops such as coffee, tea and sugar, of which surpluses are often produced, cannot be sold in underdeveloped countries because incomes are low and therefore demand is low. The lack of an effective market is also the chief obstacle to the production and sale of highly nutritious meat and dairy produce.

Thus the problem is not one of food shortage but of economic inequality. This inequality is, how­ever, gradually being reduced by the development of natural resources, agriculture and industries in underdeveloped countries, which in turn earns for­eign exchange and provides them with the financial resources for further development.

Such improve­ments in agriculture and industry should eventually improve incomes and standards of living and allow people in underdeveloped countries to obtain more and better foods.

3. Tremendous advances have been made in agriculture in underdeveloped countries which, with foreign aid and technical advice, are growing more staple crops and are introducing more nutritious crops not previously grown. Research into plant varieties has produced improved hybrids which have greater resistance to disease, greater tolerance to unfavourable climatic conditions and give much higher yields.

The most important achievements have been in producing ‘miracle’ rice strains. IR8 and IR15 grown in the Philippines, turned that country from a rice importer to a rice exporter in the course of a few years. Moreover the nutritional value of rice has been improved in certain recently developed strains.

4. Education in underdeveloped countries is being steadily improved and is gradually reaching a larger and larger proportion of the population. In the long term education has a tremendously impor­tant role to play in the fields of agriculture, techni­cal training to equip people for industrial employ­ment and in spreading the idea of family planning.

All these changes in underdeveloped countries are gradual and the real test of Malthusian views of population and food supplies will depend upon the speed with which these countries can be modernized and the rate at which improvements in living stand­ards affect birth rates.

Related Articles:

• Problems Faced by Towns | World | Human Geography
• Essay on the Growth of Population and Urbanization in Japan
• Essay on Rural Settlement: Top 7 Essays | World | Human Geography
• Essay on Wildlife Population: Top 4 Essays | Geography

Essay , Human Geography , World , Population , Essay on World Population

Privacy Overview

Essay on World Population Day

Furthermore, World Population Day serves as a meaningful observance aimed at increasing awareness of global population issues. In the following essay, I will contend that this event plays a pivotal role in illuminating the challenges and opportunities linked to the world’s expanding population

The Significance of July 11

World Population Day is observed on July 11th each year. This date was chosen to commemorate the moment when the world’s population reached 5 billion in 1987. Since then, the day has been a reminder of the pressing need to address population-related challenges.

Population Growth Trends

Over the years, the world’s population has steadily increased, and as of [current year], it stands at [current global population]. Consequently, this rapid growth holds significant implications for various aspects of our lives.

Strain on Resources

With more people, there is greater demand for resources like food, water, and energy. Population growth can strain these resources, leading to shortages and environmental degradation.

Impact on Health

A growing population can also affect healthcare systems. Providing access to quality healthcare becomes more challenging with a larger population, which can impact public health outcomes.

The Role of Family Planning

World Population Day, by promoting the importance of family planning, highlights how access to family planning services empowers individuals to make informed choices about the number and spacing of their children, ultimately resulting in healthier families and communities.

Gender Equality and Women’s Empowerment

Empowering women through education, economic opportunities, and reproductive health services is a crucial aspect of addressing population challenges. World Population Day advocates for gender equality and women’s rights.

The Youth Bulge

Many countries are experiencing a “youth bulge,” where a significant portion of the population is young. Addressing the needs of this demographic is essential for social and economic development.

Climate Change and Sustainability

Population growth is intertwined with environmental sustainability. World Population Day encourages discussions on how we can achieve a balance between population growth and environmental protection.

Access to Education

Ensuring access to quality education for all is a key component of addressing population challenges. Education empowers individuals and communities to make informed decisions about family size and opportunities.

Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals

World Population Day aligns with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals, including Goal 3 (Good Health and Well-being), Goal 5 (Gender Equality), Goal 10 (Reduced Inequalities), and Goal 13 (Climate Action).

Conclusion of Essay on World Population Day

In conclusion, World Population Day serves as a critical platform for discussing the complex issues surrounding global population growth. It highlights the challenges, opportunities, and responsibilities we face in ensuring a sustainable future for all. Through awareness, education, and action, we can address population-related issues and work towards a world where everyone has the opportunity to thrive while preserving our planet for future generations. World Population Day reminds us that our choices today shape the world of tomorrow.

Also Check: Simple Guide on How To Write An Essay

Essay on World Population Day in English for Children and Students

Table of Contents

World Population Day is celebrated on 11 th July each year. The day has exclusively been chosen to spread awareness about the problems arising due to the growing population world over. Population is a growing concern in today’s times. It is a leading cause for various other problems. By dedicating a special day to this concern, attention is drawn towards the issue that leads to this growing problem.

Fill Out the Form for Expert Academic Guidance!

Please indicate your interest Live Classes Books Test Series Self Learning

Verify OTP Code (required)

I agree to the terms and conditions and privacy policy .

Fill complete details

Target Exam ---

Long and Short Essay on World Population Day in English

Here are essay on World Population Day of varying lengths to help you with the topic in your exam. You can go with any World Population Day Essay which you like the most:

Short Essay on World Population Day – Essay 1 (200 words)

Population of many countries around the world is growing at a rapid speed. The growth in population is leading to numerous problems such as unemployment, poverty, rising global warming, deforestation and more. The need to dedicate a special day to this global problem was felt about 3 decades back. It was the Governing Council of the United Nations Development Programme that came up with the idea of celebrating 11 th July as World Population Day. The day is being celebrated each year since 1989.

Numerous activities are organized on World Population Day to draw attention towards the growing population issues. Big and small events are organized as a part of World Population Day celebration. Efforts are made to gather people so that they can make the most of these events. Speeches are delivered to help people understand the need to control population. The problems that arise due to overpopulation are covered extensively in these speeches. Ways to curb the problem of growing population are also discussed during these events.

Different themes are set for World Population Day each year. The events and activities organized on this day focus on the specific theme of the year in addition to emphasizing the overall need to control the population.

Essay on History of World Population Day – Essay 2 (300 words)

Introduction

World Population Day is a day to spread awareness about the problems related to population. The population on our planet is growing by the day however there are still many parts of the world that are under-populated. Both over population and under population are a cause of concern.

History behind World Population Day

The Governing Council of the United Nations Development Programme initiated this event in 1989. World Population Day is celebrated on 11 th July each year. This particular date was inspired from the public sentiment on 5 billion day. It was the date on which the global population reached a whopping five billion in the year 1987. Population had been an increasing cause of concern since decades however as it reached the five billion mark, the need to educate people about its graveness was felt. A Sr. Demographer at World Bank, Dr. K C Zachariah suggested this date.

Population is a grave problem which leads to numerous other problems. World Population Day has particularly been established to help people understand the importance of issues related to population and also to make them understand as to how they can contribute towards controlling this problem.

World Population Day Themes

Different themes are set each year to make people aware about the various problems related to population. Some of the themes set for World Population Day in the past include Reproductive Health and AIDS in the year 1996, Approaching the six billion in 1998, Saving Women’s Lives in 2000, 1,000,000,000 adolescents in 2003, Plan Your Family, Plan Your Future in 2008, 7 Billion Actions in the year 2011, Focus on Adolescent Pregnancy in 2013, Vulnerable Populations in Emergencies in 2015 and Family Planning is a Human Right in 2018.

World Population Day is an opportunity to acquaint people about the serious population related problems. Different themes set each year are a way to highlight different population related issues.

Essay on World Population Day Advantages – Essay 3 (400 words)

World Population Day, celebrated on the 11 th of July each year, is a day to bring forth the problem of population and make the general public realize how their contribution can help in curbing this problem to a large extent. In order to highlight the various problems leading to population growth, different themes are set each year and activities related to the same are planned. There are a number of advantages of World Population Day.

World Population Day Advantages

Here are some of the advantages of celebrating World Population Day around the globe:

• Highlight Population Problems

It is a way to highlight the various problems related to population growth. It serves as a platform to educate the masses about how the global population is growing by the day. Various problems that are an outcome of the rapidly growing population are highlighted through different events and activities organized on this day. Some of these include unemployment, poverty, rise in pollution level, rapid consumption of natural resources, global warming, deforestation and decline in biodiversity.

• Sensitize People

Many people especially those living in remote regions are unaware about the problem of population. These people are sensitized about population related problems. Speeches are delivered and camps are organized to reach out to more and more people. Many organizations especially NGOs volunteer to go to such places and spread awareness about population related problems to help people understand how this is gradually leading to the destruction of our planet.

• Highlight Advantages of Population Control

By way of various activities on World Population Day, people are made aware about the advantages of population control. Some of these advantages include better employment opportunities, raised standard of living, greener spaces, rich biodiversity and less pollution. This inspires people to help control the population.

• Seek Help to Control Population

Numerous events are organized at different places around the world and speeches are delivered not only to highlight population related problems but also the ways in which people can help in overcoming these. People are made aware about how their contribution can help and are also requested to render help in overcoming this serious problem.

By way of various activities organized on World Population Day people are made aware about the problems related to population, how they can help overcome these problems and how would they benefit if this problem is controlled. This encourages people to put in efforts to overcome this global problem. It is thus a great initiative by the United Nations to control the problem of growing population.

Essay on World Population Day Activities and Celebration – Essay 4 (500 words)

World Population Day is celebrated each year on the 11 th of July since 1989. Population is a big concern today. It is a leading cause of numerous other serious problems and it must be controlled to ensure a healthier and happier environment. World Population Day is a way to highlight the problems related to population to people living in different parts of the world. Many organizations including NGOs, hospitals, schools and offices organize activities and celebrate this day to share this global problem with people in an interesting way and seek help from them to control it.

World Population Day Celebration

World Population Day celebrations are an attempt to spread awareness about the problems occurring due to overpopulation as well as under population. There is particularly a dire need to educate people about the problems arising due to the growing population as it is leading to various other problems including increasing global warming, deforestation, unemployment, etc.

The United Nations encourages the celebration of this unique day to ensure that the purpose behind establishing this day is met. A number of activities are organized to celebrate this day at different places around the world. Various organizations come up with innovative ideas to celebrate this day and put across the point in an effective way.

World Population Day Activities

Many activities are organized to celebrate World Population Day. Some of these are as follows:

• Skits and Plays

Skits and plays highlighting the problems occurring due to overpopulation are organized in countries with high population while those highlighting the concerns of under population are organized in countries where the population density is low.

• Debate and Essay Writing Competitions

In schools and other educational institutes, debate competitions are organized to discuss the issues related to population. These include issues such as family planning, maternal health, gender equality, etc. Essay competitions on such topics are also held to help children understand the nitty-gritty’s of the problems with population in different parts of the country.

• Speeches/ Presentations

Speeches are delivered at various places to address the problem of population. This helps in spreading awareness about this serious problem which is a cause of many other grave problems. People are also made aware about the ways they can contribute towards controlling this problem.

Camps are organized to sensitize people about the importance of family planning. Such camps are mostly organised in remote areas where people don’t understand how important it is to control population and are also not much aware about the methods of family planning.

• Social Media Campaigns

Several social media campaigns are run as a part of the World Population Day activity. These campaigns are a good way to acquaint people with population related problems. Since people have become tech-savvy these days and are hooked to social media, these campaigns are a good way to reach out to the masses.

Thus, World Population Day is celebrated in various parts of the world in different ways. Various innovative activities are organized on this day and large numbers of people are seen participating in the same.

Long Essay on World Population Day – Essay 5 (600 words)

World Population Day is an effort to control population related issues by spreading awareness about the same and seeking help from the masses. It is being celebrated on the 11 th of July each year since 1989. As more and more people get to know about the serious problems arising due to population growth, they are inspired to extend help in that direction.

Highly Populated Countries

Some of the most highly populated countries in this world include China, India, Indonesia, United States and Brazil. World Population Day especially aims to cater to the general public of such countries to highlight the various problems being faced due to the rapid growth in population. Being the major contributors of the global population, the people of these countries must be sensitized on the need to control population and World Population Day is indeed a great initiative in this direction.

Besides, these countries have also set certain policies to control their population. For instance, China has set the one child per family policy wherein the couples planning a second baby are penalized. In India, there is a policy to encourage couples to delay family planning for at least two years post marriage.

World Population Day Highlighting Benefits of Population Control

World Population Day is seen as an opportunity to highlight the benefits of population control. This works as an inspiration for people to help in population control:

• Ample of Natural Resources

Our natural resources are being consumed at a rapid speed due to the increasing population. This is leading to the scarcity of natural resources which are essential for the survival of the human beings as well as various other species on Earth. Population control will help in curbing this problem.

• Better Employment Opportunity

In today’s times, countries with high population are facing the problem of unemployment because the jobs are less and the number of qualified people seeking the same is way more. Population control will curb this problem as the demand and supply ratio will come at par.

• Better Environment

The rising population is leading to a number of problems such as deforestation, increased pollution and global warming. Population control will help in bringing down these problems and this will help in creating a cleaner and greener environment.

All these points are put across by way of various activities organized on the World Population Day.

The Problem of Under Population

There are certain countries in the world that are under populated. Monaco, Vatican City, Falkland Island and Greenland are examples of such countries. These countries have their own set of problems. In countries such as these World Population Day activities help in spreading awareness about the problems of being scarcely populated.

Themes Chosen for World Population Day

Different themes are chosen for the World Population Day each year and various events focusing on those particular themes are organized on this day. Themes such as Family Planning, Focus on Adolescent Pregnancy, Investing in Teenage Girls, Universal Access to Reproductive Health Services, Poverty, Population and Development, Saving Women’s Lives and Population, Environment and Development have been chosen for World Population Day in the past.

These are all sensitive issues and need to be put across tactfully. Many schools, hospitals, NGOs and other organizations volunteer to organize events on this day. They come up with innovative ideas to talk about these themes and sensitize people about the same.

While over pollution is a serious concern, countries with under population have their own struggle to fight. World Population Day is a day to highlight these struggles and challenges. It is a way to encourage people to contribute their bit towards controlling these problems.

Related Information:

Essay on Population

Essay on Population Growth

Essay on Overpopulation in World

Related content

Get access to free Mock Test and Master Class

Register to Get Free Mock Test and Study Material

Offer Ends in 5:00

Select your Course

Please select class.

• School Life

World Population Day Speech In English 2024: Short And Long Speech Ideas For School Students!

World population day speech 2024: here, you can find a speech on world population day in english for school students. get a one-minute speech, two-minute speech and five-minute speech on world population day. keep reading the article to know. .

World Population Day Speech In English (2024): World Population Day is observed on July 11 every year. The day highlights key issues such as poverty and family planning and also talks about important measures that can be taken to curb these issues. 

1-Minute Short Speech On World Population Day In English For Students

Good morning/Good afternoon everyone, 

Today is World Population Day, a day to think about our amazing planet and all those 8 billion people who call it their home. 

Well, a growing population can lead to a scarcity of resources like food, water and energy. But World Population Day isn’t about stopping the families, it is about empowering them. 

2-Minute Short Speech On World Population Day In English For Students

Today, on World Population, we take a moment to reflect on the billions whom we share our planet with. 

Our global population is constantly growing and it does come with its challenges and opportunities. We have to work for the challenges that come with the increasing population and find the solution to it. 

We are also aware that the strain on resources like food, water and energy is undeniable. 

We should work together to ensure access to quality education, especially for young women and empower them to make wise decisions when planning for their families. 

When individuals get access to reproductive healthcare and education, they can make a bright future for themselves.  World  Population Day is a call to action. 

5-Minute Short Speech On World Population Day In English For Students

Today on World Population Day, we can take a moment to reflect on the critical issue: the growth of our global population. Earth is home to almost 8 billion people on this planet and the number continues to rise. 

The growth represents both challenges and opportunities. On the other hand, a larger population means a greater workforce and a wide range of ideas. However, the increasing population might be concerning for everyone taking into account the limited resources we have right now. This can lead to many problems as well like poverty and environmental degradation. 

The day is about promoting sustainable development. It is about finding ways to meet the needs of the increasing population and how to effectively utilise the limited resources we have. 

Slogans On World Population Day 2024

• Plan Your Family, Protect the Planet
• Sustainable Development Begins with Sustainable Population Growth
• Celebrate World Population Day with a Commitment to Responsible Growth
• Together, We Can Make a Difference in Managing Our Population Growth
• Healthy Women, Healthy Societies
• World Population Day 2024: School Board Decoration Ideas For Students!
• Essay on World Population Day: 10 lines, short and long essay ideas for students

Get here latest School , CBSE and Govt Jobs notification and articles in English and Hindi for Sarkari Naukari , Sarkari Result and Exam Preparation . Download the Jagran Josh Sarkari Naukri App .

• RSMSSB CET Admit Card 2024
• Rajasthan CET Admit Card 2024
• OSSSC ICDS Admit Card 2024
• RRB NTPC Apply Online 2024
• OTET Answer Key 2024
• RPSC RAS Notification 2024
• राजस्थान CET एडमिट कार्ड 2024
• Jharkhand Police Admit Card 2024
• MP Police Bharti Physical Test 2024
• Daughters Day Quotes, Wishes

Latest Education News

BPSC 70th Notification 2024 OUT for 1957 Vacancies at bpsc.bih.nic.in: Check Bihar CCE Application Dates, Exam Details Here

TNPSC Group 2 Prelims Answer Key 2024 OUT at tnpsc.gov.in: Submit Objection Before 30 September

Brain Teaser: Can Your High IQ Find Which Pipe is Filling the Bucket in 5 Seconds?

Picture Puzzle IQ Test: Your IQ Is Higher Than 130 if You Spot The Pug in 13 Seconds

हॉलीवुड की अब तक बनी 10 सबसे महंगी फिल्मों की सूची, यहां देखें

Visual Skill Test: Find the odd one out in 4 seconds!

Tamil Nadu State Scholarship (TNSSP) 2024: Login Portal, Benefits and Application Form

Laapataa Ladies Finds Its Pataa: Selected as India's Official Entry for the 2025 Oscars

BPSC 70th Notification 2024 OUT: बीपीएससी परीक्षा की अधिसूचना जारी, 1900 से अधिक पदों पर होगी भर्ती, यहाँ चेक करें डिटेल्स

Spot 3 differences between the honeybee pictures in 19 seconds!

Haryana Board Class 11 Business Studies Model Paper With Solution 2024-25: Download Free PDF

Oscar 2025: List of Indian Movies which has Official Entry for Academy Awards

WB ANM, GNM Final Answer Key 2024 Out at wbjeeb.nic.in, Result Soon

ANM, GNM Result 2024 Date Announced at wbjeeb.nic.in, Final Answer Keys Released

Today Current Affairs One Liners 23 September 2024: 45th FIDE Chess Olympiad

RRB NTPC Apply Online 2024 Starts at rrbapply.gov.in for 3445 Undergraduate Vacancies: Get Direct Link Here

MP ITI Training Officer Admit Card 2024 OUT: जारी हुआ मध्य प्रदेश आईटीआई ट्रेनिंग ऑफिसर एडमिट कार्ड, ये रहा Direct Link

IBPS RRB Clerk Result 2024 Live Updates: Direct Link to Check Office Assistant Prelims Result at ibps.in, Check Latest Updates

Current Affairs Quiz 23 September 2024: IIFA Awards 2025

IBPS RRB Prelims Result 2024 Soon at ibps.in: Check Office Assistant Updates Here

10 Lines on World Population Day

The world is currently facing many major issues like pollution, epidemics, pandemics, illiteracy, unemployment etc. Among all these, population growth is the biggest problem. There is a World Population Day to stop the problem of population, which the whole world celebrates together. Let’s learn about it in detail through the sets of 10 lines below.

Ten Lines on World Population Day in English

Some well worded sets of 10 lines, 5 lines, 20 lines, few lines and sentences on World Population Day for students of class 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are given below to help them in their study , exams and school assignments. Just go through these lines and select the one of your choice:

1) World Population Day falls on July 11 every year.

2) The first World Population Day had fallen on 11th April 1989 at United Nations.

3) The world population crossed 5 billion marks in the year 1987 marking this day as ‘Five Billion Day’.

4) The objective of the day is to focus the world on the problem arising from overpopulation.

5) This day also envisages about the reproductive health of the people, especially women.

6) Population issues are related to family planning, right to health, knowledge about sexually transmitted diseases, gender equality etc.

7) This day also aims at empowering the youth and women.

8) The day spreads the importance of safe family planning methods, especially in the rural region.

9) 2018 marked the 50th anniversary of the International Conference on Human Rights related to the focus of family planning, held in the year 1968.

10) The world population is increasing at a very rapid rate, so the time has come when we have to take this issue seriously.

10 Lines and Sentences on World Population Day

1) It comes every year to throw light on the concern of rising population and its aftermaths.

2) Growing population hampers the social and economic growth and development of a country.

3) This day raises awareness on not only population explosion but also other issues as reproductive health, gender discrimination, family planning etc.

4) According to the UN report 2017, the current world population is 7.6 billion and will become 8.6 billion in 2030.

5) China is the world’s most populated country with 1.4 billion population, followed by India having a population of 1.3 billion people.

6) We all should work to remove gender discrimination and imbalance.

7) We have to promote the effective use of family planning methods such as contraceptives for couples and spread awareness on the same.

8) Sex education in schools is the call of the time to fight the population explosion.

9) Several seminars, educational camps, roadside plays, door to door awareness campaigns, morning procession and rallies can help for mass education.

10) ‘Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao’ is an initiative to educate and protect the girl child and to improve child sex ratio in India.

5 Lines on World Population Day

1) It is observed on 11 July.

2) It raises concern about the increasing population.

3) Population also affects the nation’s growth.

4) It aware peoples of the effect of overpopulation.

5) Many events are organized on this day.

20 Lines on World Population Day

1) World Population Day is to spread awareness among people regarding the increasing population.

2) The problem of overpopulation is the biggest problem that needs an urgent solution.

3) The celebration of the day concerns at reproductive health problem and death of pregnant women.

4) Empowering the youth and spreading awareness among them is the part of the celebration.

5) Many events like seminar, marathon and exhibition programme on the day.

6) We must understand that overpopulation is the main reason behind all other problems.

7) The world population day comes with different themes each year.

8) The government of every nation is concerned about the problem of population.

9) Good education and proper awareness can help in reducing the problem of population.

10) All the programmes organized on the day concerns about the harms due to the population.

11) The Governing body of the United Nations Development Programme started the World Population Day in 1989.

12) The goal of the day is to teach people the benefits of family planning and gender equality.

13) On the day, effective family planning programmes reach people without any discrimination.

14) Early marriage and early pregnancy are two causes of overpopulation that youths should take seriously.

15) The day comes to the whole world to raise awareness about the problem of population.

16) The population increases problems like poverty, unemployment, malnutrition etc.

17) The problem with the population is not only overpopulation but is it also of under population.

18) The world population day has an objective of teaching people the benefits of a controlled population.

19) The advantage of celebrating the day is to grab the attention of people together on the serious issue.

20) The problem of the population needs the attention of all, but it starts from our attention so remember your duties.

‘World Population Day’ is the day organised on every level, from blocks to districts and from states to countries. Though the population is a valuable resource for every country, excess of this is not good for the balanced growth and development resulting in poverty, hunger, drought, death due to starvation etc. World Population Day alerts us regarding the problems associated with the rising population of the world.

Related Posts

10 lines on mahatma gandhi, 10 lines on patriotism, 10 lines on nationalism, 10 lines on national flag of india, 10 lines on importance of national flag, 10 lines on importance of national festivals of india, 10 lines on national festivals of india, 10 lines on national festivals celebration, 10 lines on a.p.j. abdul kalam, leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Talk to our experts

1800-120-456-456

• Population Growth Essay

Essay on Population Growth

One of the major problems the world is facing is the problem of the exponential growth of the population. This problem is the greatest one. Most countries in the world are showing a steep rise in population figures. The world’s resources are limited and so they cannot support a population beyond a certain limit. There has been news about the scarcity of food grains and the paucity of jobs mounting across the world. The number of human beings is multiplying at a steady rate. The world population has already crossed the six billion mark and it is expected to double in the next three or four decades. 

If the population continues to grow at this rate then the economy of the overpopulated countries will be unable to cope up with the growth of the population. Every attempt to bring peace, comfort and welfare to everybody’s door will be thwarted and misery will become prominent if the population is not kept within proper limits. Except for a few countries, all countries are facing a population boom. Currently, the largest populated country in the world is China and India is the second-largest populated country. India represents 17% of the world’s population. Other countries like Bangladesh, Japan, Indonesia and some countries of Europe are threatened to be burst into the seams by population explosion.

Causes of Population Growth

The major cause of population growth is the decrease in death rate and rise in the life span of the average individual. Earlier, there was a balance between the birth and death rate due to limited medical facilities, people dying in wars, and other calamities. The rapid spread of education has made people health conscious. People have become aware of the basic causes of diseases and simple remedies for them.

Illiteracy is another cause of an increase in population. Low literacy rate leads to traditional, superstitious, and ignorant people. Educated people are well aware of birth control methods. 

Family planning, welfare programs, and policies have not fetched the desired result. The increase in population is putting tremendous pressure on the limited infrastructure and negating the progress of any country.

The superstitious people mainly from rural places think that having a male child would give them prosperity and so there is considerable pressure on the parents to produce children till a male child is born. This leads to population growth in underdeveloped countries like India, Bangladesh. 

Poverty is another main reason for this. Poor people believe that the more people in the family, the more will be the number of persons to earn bread. Hence it contributes to the increase in population. 

Continuous illegal migration of people from neighbouring countries leads to a rise in the population density in the countries. 

Religion sentiment is another cause of the population explosion. Some orthodox communities believe that any mandate or statutory method of prohibition is sacrilegious. 

Impact Due to Population 

The growth of the population has a major impact on the living standards of people. Overpopulation across the world may create more demand for freshwater supply and this has become a major issue because Earth has only 3% of freshwater. 

The natural resources of Earth are getting depleted because of the exponential growth of the population. These resources cannot be replenished so easily. If there is no check on the growth of population then there will be a day in the next few years when these natural resources will run out completely. 

There is a huge impact on the climatic conditions because of the growth of the population. Human activities are responsible for changing global temperature. 

Impact of Overpopulation on Earth’s Environment

The Earth's current population is almost 7.6 billion people, and it is expanding. It is expected to surpass 8 billion people by 2025, 9 billion by 2040, and 11 billion by 2100. The population is quickly increasing, far surpassing our planet's ability to maintain it, given existing habits.

Overpopulation is linked to a variety of detrimental environmental and economic consequences, including over-farming, deforestation, and water pollution, as well as eutrophication and global warming. Although many incredible things are being done to increase human sustainability on our planet, the problem of too many people has made long-term solutions more difficult to come across.

Overpopulation is mostly due to trends that began with a rise in birth rates in the mid-twentieth century. Migration can also result in overcrowding in certain areas. Surprisingly, an area's overcrowding may arise without a net increase in population. It can happen when a population with an export-oriented economy outgrows its carrying capacity and migratory patterns remain stable. "Demographic entrapment" has been coined to describe this situation.

Some Major Effects of the High Population are as Follows

The rapid growth of the population has caused major effects on our planet. 

The rapidly growing population in the world has led to the problem of food scarcity and heavy pressure on land resources. 

Generating employment opportunities in vastly populated countries is very difficult. 

The development of infrastructural facilities is not able to cope up with the pace of a growing population. So facilities like transportation, communication, housing, education, and healthcare are becoming inadequate to provide provision to the people. 

The increasing population leads to unequal distribution of income and inequalities among the people widened.

There will be a large proportion of unproductive consumers due to overpopulation. 

Economic development is bound to be slower in developing countries in which the population is growing at a very fast rate. This also leads to low capital formation. Overpopulation makes it difficult to implement policies. 

When there is rapid growth in a country then the government of that country is required to provide the minimum facilities for the people for their comfortable living. Hence, it has to increase housing, education, public health, communication and other facilities that will increase the cost of the social overheads.

Rapid population growth is also an indication of the wastage of natural resources. 

Preventive Measures

To tackle this problem, the government of developing countries needs to take corrective measures. The entire development of the country depends on how effectively the population explosion is stemmed. 

The government and various NGOs should raise awareness about family planning and welfare. Awareness about the use of contraceptive pills and family planning methods should be generated. 

The health care centres in developing and under-developed countries should help the poor people with the free distribution of contraceptives and encourage the control of the number of children. 

The governments of developing countries should come forward to empower women and improve the status of women and girls. People in rural places should be educated and modern amenities should be provided for recreation. 

Education plays a major role in controlling the population. People from developing countries should be educated so that they understand the implications of overpopulation.

Short Summarised Points On Population Growth

Based on the number of deaths and births, population growth might be positive or negative. 

If a country's birth rate outnumbers its death rate, the population grows, whereas more ends result in a drop.

There are 7.7 billion people on the earth, and India, with 1.3 billion people, is the second-most populous country after China.

Mumbai, the Bollywood capital, is India's most populous city, with a population of 12 billion people. Delhi, India's most populous city, comes in second with 11 billion inhabitants.

The advancement of knowledge in science, medicine, and technology has resulted in lower mortality and higher fertility, resulting in population rise.

Factors contributing to India's population expansion, such as mortality and fertility rates, child marriage, a lack of family planning, polygamy marriage, and so on, have wreaked havoc on the ecosystem.

Industrialization, deforestation, urbanisation, and unemployment have all been exacerbated by population expansion. These causes degrade our environment and contribute to societal health issues.

Pollution, global warming, climate change, natural catastrophes, and, most importantly, unemployment are all caused by the population.

To keep population increase under control, individuals must have access to education and be aware of the dangers of overpopulation.

The government must raise public awareness about illiteracy and educate individuals about the need for birth control and family planning.

Overpopulation may lead to many issues like depletion of natural resources, environmental pollution and degradation and loss of surroundings.  All countries must take immediate steps to control and manage human population growth.

FAQs on Population Growth Essay

1. What Do You Mean By Population Growth and How is it a Threat to the World?

Population growth refers to the rapid increase in the number of people in an area. It is a threat to the world because the world’s resources are limited and it cannot support a population beyond a certain limit.

2. What are the factors of Population Exponential Growth?

The factors for the exponential growth of the population are illegal migration from other countries, illiteracy, lack of awareness of contraceptive methods, poverty, lack of basic amenities, religious sentiments and superstitions. 

3. What steps should India take to reign in population growth?

Family planning and welfare must be made more widely known by the Indian government. Women and girls should be given more power. Free contraceptives should be distributed and people should be educated at health care centres. In schools and colleges, sex education should be required. Some more points to ponder are given below:

1. Social Actions

The minimum age for marriage is 18 years old.

Increasing women's status

Adoption of Social Security and the Spread of Education

2. Economic Interventions

Increased job opportunities

Providing financial incentives

3. Additional Measures

Medical Services

Legislative Initiatives

Recreational Resources

Increasing public awareness

4. What Impact Does Overpopulation Have on Our Planet?

Overpopulation is linked to a variety of detrimental environmental and economic consequences, including over-farming, deforestation, and water pollution, as well as eutrophication and global warming. Although many incredible things are being done to increase human sustainability on our planet, the problem of too many people has made long-term solutions more difficult to come across. Because of the exponential rise of the human population, the Earth's natural resources are depleting. Overpopulation has a significant impact on climatic conditions. The fluctuating global temperature is due to human activity.

5. What are the impacts on the population?

The influence of population expansion on people's living conditions is significant. Overpopulation around the world may increase demand for freshwater, which has become a big issue given that the Earth only possesses 3% freshwater. Because of the exponential rise of the human population, the Earth's natural resources are depleting. These materials are not easily replenished. If population growth is not slowed, these natural resources will run out altogether in the next several years. The population explosion has had a significant impact on climatic conditions. The fluctuating global temperature is due to global warming and needs to be regulated immediately as glaciers have already started melting and global temperature is rising at an alarming rate.

World Population Day Essay | Essay on World Population Day for Students and Children in English

World Population Day Essay: The Eleventh of July is regarded as the World Population Day, all across the globe. This day was marked as celebratory since 1987 by the United Nations organization. The main goal of World Population Day is to raise awareness among the people concerning the world’s growing population.

The topic of World Population Day is a very favorable one on which students are asked to write compositions. For such purposes, we have compiled a set of relevant articles below.

You can read more  Essay Writing  about articles, events, people, sports, technology many more.

Long and Short Essays on World Population Day for Students and Kids in English

A long and short essay is given below. The sample of the long essay is 450-500 words long. The short essay runs over 100-150 words. Additionally, a set of ten lines on a particular topic has also been provided. Students can refer to these articles when writing their essays for their assignments and examinations.

Long Essay on World Population Day 500 Words in English

World Population Day essay is convenient for students in grades 7, 8, 9, and 10.

The Population all across the world has been increasing in leaps and bounds ever since the emergence of human life on the face of the earth. At the beginning of 1800, the population was recorded at 1 billion. By the beginning of the 2000s, the population increased to a record 6 billion people. As of 2018, the world population stands at 75.53 crores. On the 11th of July 1987, the world’s population reached a figure of 5 billion people; ever since then, the United Nations designated 11th of July as World Population Day. Hence, every year, from 1987, the 11th of July is commemorated as World Population Day.

The increasing population has always been a matter of great concern. The number of human beings increases manifolds each year, but the resources to sustain human life remain unreproducible. The rate of increase has also been rapidly growing. To put this fact into perspective: the population crossed the 2 billion mark in the year 1927; by the year 1999, the population was recorded to be 6 billion. Thus, there was a massive rise in the rate of increase in the population each year.

The aim and motif of World Population Day are to propagate the consequences that an uncontainable huge population count can have on human life and the surrounding environment. The natural resources to support existence are limited, but their consumption keeps increasing every year. Given this fact, a day will arrive soon when the earth will run out of resources to contain human life; that would be doomsday.

World Population Day also aims at raising awareness regarding how to control and contain the rapidly increasing population. It is moral to be pro-life. But an ever-increasing population has innumerable irreversible consequences for the earth. Keeping that fact in mind, the matter of rising population should be duly addressed.

It is extremely urgent to keep the population count within the check. Several irrevocable damages are inflicted upon the environment and the atmosphere. A large number of people imply rapid and unjust depletion of environmental resources. Natural resources such as Land, Water, and Air are limited; they cannot be manually reproduced. The quick consumption of these resources leads to a tremendous loss. Besides environmental resources, valuable human resources are also wasted.

Out of the total 225 countries all across the world, China records the largest population. India comes next in line. As per accurate statistics, 21 children are born every five seconds. However, on a better side, the mortality rate has shown a decrease from 6.3 to 3.1 since 1950. Closer to home, India is the second-most populous country in the world after China. It has a population density of 190 people per square kilometer. The states of UP, Tamil Nadu, and Bihar are among the most densely populated Indian states.

The governments of every country should come up with effective policies and schemes to control the growing population. If not controlled immediately, the ever-increasing world population will account for some unbearable adverse situations.

Short Essay on World Population Day 150 Words in English

World Population Day essay will be useful for students studying in classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.

The 11th of July is celebrated as World Population Day. The day aims to popularize various measures that can contribute to toning down the Population growth rate in the world. The adverse situation of rapid population growth has been of immense concern. With every passing year, the number of people increases by many folds. Major health and well-being organizations strive to establish policies and schemes that will enable the population growth to remain within limits. Campaigns such as family planning, voluntary sterilization, and effective birth control measures are being applied to people worldwide.

10 Lines on World Population Day in English

• Every year on the 11th of July, World Population Day is celebrated.
• 1987 was the first year when the day was recognized and celebrated all across the world.
• The United Nations’ Organisation was the one to coin this day for the first time.
• The primary purpose of the celebration of World Population Day is to address the concern of a rapidly growing population.
• The population has been increasing by leaps and bounds; it is a burning issue that requires an urgent remedy.
• China, India, and the United States are the top three countries that have the largest population count (in descending order of precedence).
• The concern of the growing population is so widespread that there are no remedies that will act immediately. A long time is required for the measures to become effective.
• The growing population puts additional strain on the earth and the environment.
• Governing bodies of every nation should come up with practical solutions to pacify the situation at hand.
• Policies such as family planning and use of birth control should be implemented on a large scale basis.

FAQ’s on World Population Day Essay

Question 1. Why is World Population Day celebrated?

Answer: World Population Day is celebrated to grab everyone’s attention over the immediate issue of the rapidly increasing population of the world and the adverse effects which it carries along with it.

Question 2. How fast is the population of the world increasing?

Answer: The rate of growth of the population all across the world is recorded to be 220,000 births per day (150 births per minute).

Question 3. Should the population growth be kept within check?

Answer: Yes. It is an urgent requirement to control and contain the population growth. The growth rate is fixed at a gigantic figure, and it should be brought down.

Essay on Time is Money | Time is Money for Students and Children in English

Value of Oxygen and Water in Life/Earth Essay for Students and Children in English

Father’s Day Essay | Essay on Fathers Day for Students and Children in English

My Father Essay | Essay On My Father My Role Model for Students and Children

Conversation Between Teacher and Student in English | Simple Conversations Between…

English Conversation Between Doctor and Patient in Four Simple Scenarios

Conversation Between Two Friends After a Long Time, About Pollution and Study

Advantages and Disadvantages Essay Topics for Students, IELTS & Learners

Fixed Exchange Rate Advantages And Disadvantages | What are the Major Advantages And…

Positive Words that Start With F | List of 48 Positive Words Starting With F Pictures…

Advantages And Disadvantages Of Entrepreneurship | What is Entrepreneurship?, Pros…

Comments are closed.

Welcome, Login to your account.

Recover your password.

A password will be e-mailed to you.

• Privacy Policy

• English Essays
• _Upto 100 Words
• _100-200 Words
• _200-400 Words
• _More than 400 Words
• Letter & Application
• Interesting Facts
• Other Resources
• _Hindi Essay | निबंध
• _Fact TV India
• _Stories N Books
• Animals and Birds (25)
• Articles (55)
• Authors and Poets of India (5)
• Authors and Poets of World (4)
• Awards and Prizes (2)
• Banking and Insurance (28)
• Biographies (77)
• Chief Justices of India (4)
• Debates (3)
• Famous Personalities of India (62)
• Famous Personalities of World (8)
• Famous Places of India (1)
• Festivals of India (46)
• Festivals of World (5)
• Flowers and Fruits (2)
• Freedom Fighters of India (25)
• History of India (5)
• Important Days of India (62)
• Important Days of World (50)
• Interesting Facts (20)
• Letters and Forms (16)
• Miscellaneous (152)
• Monuments of India (12)
• Organizations and Institutions (11)
• Presidents of India (17)
• Prime Ministers of India (9)
• Religious (3)
• Social Issues (58)
• Sports and Games (3)
• Symbols of India (12)

'World Population Day: 11 July' | Short Essay on 'World Population Day' (120 Words)

Post a Comment

nice info, nice help.

My daughter had written this essay and speech competition in school . And she had shown me that I like this essay very much.

Thanks it made me stand first in my inter house competition

Very easy and understanding

Connect with Us!

Subscribe us, popular posts, short essay on 'my favourite bird' (100 words), short essay on 'person i admire the most' (120 words), short essay on 'i had a dream' (170 words), short essay on 'animal i like most' (100 words), short essay on 'cell phone and student' in english (200 words), short essay on 'akshaya tritiya' or 'akha teej' (130 words), short essay on 'atal bihari vajpayee' (310 words), short essay on 'my favourite animal' (100 words), short essay on 'a house on fire' (150 words), short essay on 'our national festivals' in english (370 words), total pageviews, footer menu widget.